[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI378120B - Cellulose derivative composition, cellulose derivative film, and (tri)alkoxy benzoic acid derivative compound - Google Patents

Cellulose derivative composition, cellulose derivative film, and (tri)alkoxy benzoic acid derivative compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI378120B
TWI378120B TW095105849A TW95105849A TWI378120B TW I378120 B TWI378120 B TW I378120B TW 095105849 A TW095105849 A TW 095105849A TW 95105849 A TW95105849 A TW 95105849A TW I378120 B TWI378120 B TW I378120B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
atom
hydrogen atom
carbon atoms
carbon number
Prior art date
Application number
TW095105849A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200641020A (en
Inventor
Aiko Yoshida
Osamu Uchida
Hiromoto Haruta
Akihiro Matsufuji
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2005048092A external-priority patent/JP4480601B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2005051878A external-priority patent/JP4480602B2/en
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW200641020A publication Critical patent/TW200641020A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI378120B publication Critical patent/TWI378120B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08BPOLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
    • C08B11/00Preparation of cellulose ethers
    • C08B11/193Mixed ethers, i.e. ethers with two or more different etherifying groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/10Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Description

1378120 九、發明說明: 述明 前發 由本 及。 , 膜 物薄 成物 組生 物衍 生素 衍維 素纖 維的 纖成 1種構 域 一 所 領於物 術關成 技有組 之係物 屬明生 所發衍 明本素 發 維 [ 纖 穎 新 及 物 合 化 物 生 衍 酸 香。 息物 安合 氧化 烷物 三生 穎衍 新酸 種香 1 息 供安 提基 且氧 並烷 術 技 r 先 中 膜 薄 素 維 纖 時 較要 比’ 膜此 薄因 物。 合點 聚特 他的 其} ris 與 膜 薄 奉遲 濟 ( 維高 纖性 酸向 乙方 等 性 學 光 有 具 値 滯 求光學性等方向性用途,例如偏光板通常是採用乙酸纖維 素薄膜。另一方面,液晶顯示裝置等的光學補償薄片(相位 差薄膜)相反地係要求光學異方向性(高遲滯値)。因此,光 學補償薄片通常係使用如聚碳酸酯薄膜或聚颯薄膜之具有 高遲滯値的合成聚合薄膜。 但是最近,有提案(例如專利文獻1及2),揭示—種具 有ilj遲滯値的乙酸纖維素膜,亦能夠使用於要求光學異方 向性用途。前述專利文獻1及2爲了藉由乙酸纖維素膜來 實現1%遲滯値,添加具有至少2種芳香環之芳香族化合 物,其中亦添加具有1,3,5 -三畊環的化合物,進行延伸處 理。 通常,乙酸纖維素係不容易延伸的高分子材料,已知不 容易增大其光學異方向性,但是前述專利文獻1及2添力口 有添加劑,藉由在延伸處理使其同時配向,能夠使增大其 光學異方向性而實現高遲滞値。 1378120 近年來,爲了使液晶顯示裝置輕量化、降低製造成本, 必須進行液晶胞的薄膜化》因此,以光學補償薄片爲主的 光學薄膜,對於前述專利文獻1及2所記載之具有],3,5_ 三畊環的化合物所能夠實現的光學異方向性(Re :薄膜面內 的遲滯値、Rth:薄膜厚度方向的遲滯値),進—步要求具 有更高的Re及更低的Rth。 但是,本發明者等專心檢討專利文獻1及2所揭示的方 法之結果’清楚明白欲藉由該手法將前述Re値及Rth値控 制在其等各自較佳的範圍內係有問題的。因此,有必要開 發一種新的光學性能控制技術。 [專利文獻1 ]歐洲專利申請公開第〇 9 1 1 6 5 6 A 2號說明書 [專利文獻2]特開2003-344655號公報 【發明內容】 本發明的第1目的係提供一種纖維素衍生物組成物, 能夠形成具有作爲光學薄膜之良好的遲滯値。 本發明的第2目的係提供一種纖維素衍生物薄膜,具 有作爲光學薄膜之良好的遲滯値。 本發明的目的係藉由以下手段來達成。 (1 ) 一種纖維素衍生物組成物,含有至少1種下述通式(1 ) 所示化合物。 [化學式1] 通式(1) 1378120 R2 R11378120 IX. Description of invention: Describe the previous issue. , Membrane thin group, Bio-derived, Derivatives, Fibrous, Fibrous, Fibrous, Fibrous, Fibrous, Fibrous, Fibrous, Fibrous The compound is fermented and sour. Residents, oxidized, alkane, ternary, nymph, new acid, fragrant, fragrant, stimulating, oxidizing, alkaloid, oxo, oxo, oxane, argon The ris and the film are thinner than the film. The high-fiber acid is used for the directionality of the optical light such as B. For example, the polarizing plate is usually made of cellulose acetate film. On the other hand, an optical compensation sheet (phase difference film) of a liquid crystal display device or the like is inversely required to have an optical anisotropy (high hysteresis 。). Therefore, an optical compensation sheet is usually made of a polycarbonate film or a polyimide film. Recently, there have been proposals (for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2), and it has been disclosed that a cellulose acetate film having an ilj hysteresis can be used for optical anisotropic applications. 2 In order to achieve 1% hysteresis by means of a cellulose acetate film, an aromatic compound having at least two aromatic rings is added, and a compound having a 1,3,5-three-till ring is also added to carry out elongation treatment. A polymer material in which cellulose is not easily stretched is known to be less likely to increase its optical anisotropy, but the above-mentioned Patent Documents 1 and 2 have an additive, In order to reduce the optical anisotropy of the liquid crystal display device and reduce the manufacturing cost, it is necessary to form a thin film of the liquid crystal cell. In the optical film mainly composed of the optical compensation sheet, the optical anisotropy which can be realized by the compound of the 3,5_three-till ring described in the above Patent Documents 1 and 2 (Re: hysteresis in the film surface, Rth: hysteresis in the thickness direction of the film), the step is required to have a higher Re and a lower Rth. However, the inventors of the present invention concentrate on reviewing the results of the methods disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 'clearly This method is problematic in that the above Re値 and Rth値 are controlled within their respective preferred ranges. Therefore, it is necessary to develop a new optical performance control technique. [Patent Document 1] European Patent Application Publication No. 9 1 In the first aspect of the present invention, a cellulose derivative composition capable of being formed has a structure. It is a good hysteresis of the optical film. A second object of the present invention is to provide a cellulose derivative film having good hysteresis as an optical film. The object of the present invention is achieved by the following means: (1) A method The cellulose derivative composition contains at least one compound represented by the following formula (1): [Chemical Formula 1] Formula (1) 1378120 R2 R1

R4 R5 (式中’ R1、R2、R4、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基, R13係表示含有一個以上雜原子之烷基,L係表示單鍵或是 二價的連結基,Ar係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基。) (2)如(1)項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中前述通式(1)所示 化合物係下述通式(2 )所示化合物。 [化學式2] 通式(2)R4 R5 (wherein R1, R2, R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R13 represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms, and L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Ar The aryl group or the aromatic heterocyclic group. (2) The cellulose derivative composition according to (1), wherein the compound represented by the above formula (1) is a compound represented by the following formula (2). [Chemical Formula 2] General Formula (2)

R2 ORR2 OR

,11 (式中R2、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,rii係表 示氫原子或烷基’R13係表示含有丨個以上雜原子之烷基, L係表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar係表示芳基或芳香族 雜環基。) (3 )如(1 )項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中前述通式(丨)所示 化合物係下述通式(3)所示化合物。 [化學式3] 通式(3) 1378120Wherein R2 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; rii means a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; 'R13 means an alkyl group having more than one hetero atom; and L means a single bond or a divalent The linking group, the Ar system represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. (3) The cellulose derivative composition according to (1), wherein the compound represented by the above formula (丨) is a formula (3) ) the compound shown. [Chemical Formula 3] Formula (3) 1378120

L·—Ar (式中R2、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Rn、R14 係各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,R13係表示含有1假以上 雜原子之烷基’ L係表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar係表 示芳基或芳香族雜環基。)L·-Ar (wherein R2 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and Rn and R14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R13 represents an alkyl group having 1 or more hetero atoms] Indicates a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Ar represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.)

(4) 如(1)〜(3)項之中任一項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中 前述通式(1)所示化合物係下述通式(4)所示化合物。 [化學式4] 通式(4)(4) The cellulose derivative composition according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the compound represented by the above formula (1) is a compound represented by the following formula (4). [Chemical Formula 4] Formula (4)

-Ar1—L2-Ar1—L2

(式中R21、R22、R24、係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代 基’R43係表示含有〗個以上雜原子之烷基,Ll、L2係各 自獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Arl係表示伸芳基或 方香族雜環基,Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基,n係表示 1以上的整數,η個L2各自可以相同亦可以不同,11個八^ 各自可以相同亦可以不同。) r R21係表示 原子。 -之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中前述通式 係表示氫原子或烷基),KM係 (6) 如(4)項之纖維素衍生物組成物 其中闕述通式(4)中, 1378120 R係表示·0ίι41,R24係表示-or44(r41、r44係各自獨立地 表示氫原子或烷基)。 (7) 如(4)〜(6)項中任一項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中前 述通式(4)中’ n係3以上的整數。 (8) 如(1)〜(7)項中任一項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中含 有醯化纖維素作爲前述纖維素衍生物。 (9) 一種纖維素衍生物薄膜,係由如(1)〜(8)中任一項之纖 維素衍生物組成物所構成。 (10) —種化合物,係下述通式(4-Α)所示化合物。 [化學式5] 通式(4 - A ) •R22 OR41(wherein R21, R22 and R24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; 'R43 means an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms, and L1 and L2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Arl represents an extended aryl group or a fragrant aromatic heterocyclic group, Ar2 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and n represents an integer of 1 or more, and each of η L2 may be the same or different, and 11 八 each It may be the same or different.) r R21 represents an atom. - a cellulose derivative composition in which the above formula represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group), and a KM system (6) as a cellulose derivative composition of the item (4), wherein the formula (4), 1378120 R is Represents · 0 ι 41, and R24 represents -or 44 (r41 and r44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group). (7) The cellulose derivative composition according to any one of (4) to (6), wherein the 'n is an integer of 3 or more in the above formula (4). (8) The cellulose derivative composition according to any one of (1) to (7), which contains deuterated cellulose as the cellulose derivative. (9) A cellulose derivative film comprising the cellulose derivative composition according to any one of (1) to (8). (10) A compound which is a compound represented by the following formula (4-oxime). [Chemical Formula 5] Formula (4 - A ) • R22 OR41

(式中R22、r25係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R43係 表示含有1個以上雜原子之烷基’ R41係表示氫原子或烷 基,L1、L2係各自獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar1 係表示伸芳基或芳香族雜環基’ Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜 環基,η係表示1以上的整數’ η個L2各自可以相同亦可 以不同,η個Ar1各自可以相同亦可以不同。) (11)—種化合物,係下述通式(4-B)所示化合物。 [化學式6] 通式(4·Β) -10- 1378120 R22 OR41(wherein R22 and r25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R43 represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms; R41 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and L1 and L2 each independently represent a single bond or It is a divalent linking group, and Ar1 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. 'Ar2 means an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and η means an integer of 1 or more'. Each of L2's may be the same or different. Each of ηAr1 may be the same or different.) (11) A compound represented by the following formula (4-B). [Chemical Formula 6] General Formula (4·Β) -10- 1378120 R22 OR41

(式中R22、R25係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,r43係 表示含有1個以上雜原子之烷基,R41、R44係各自獨立地 表示氫原子或院基,L1、L2係各自獨立地表示單鍵或是〜 價的連結基,A/係表示伸芳基或芳香族雜環基,Ar2係_ 示芳基或芳香族雜環基,η係表示丨以上的整數,η個L2 各自可以相同亦可以不同,η個Ar1各自可以相同亦可以不 同。) (12) —種偏光板,係在偏光子的兩面貼合保護膜而成,_ 特徵爲,該等保護膜其中至少1片係如(9)項之纖維素衍生 物薄膜。 (13) 如前述(12)之偏光板,其中在該等保護膜其中至少― 方的面上,具有光學異方向性層。 (1 4) 一種液晶顯示裝置,具有液晶胞及配置於其兩側之2 片偏光板,其中至少一側的偏光板係如(12)或(13)項之偏光 板》 (15) 如(1.4)項之液晶顯示裝置,其中液晶顯示裝置係 VA(垂直配向;Vertically Aligned)模式。 (16) 如(1 4)項之液晶顯示裝置,其中液晶顯示裝置係 〇CB(光學補償彎曲;Optically Compensatory Bend)模式。 (17) —種纖維素衍生物組成物,含有至少1種下述通式 (1 1)所示之化合物。 1378120 通'式(i· 1 ) [化學式7](wherein R22 and R25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; r43 represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms, and R41 and R44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hospital group, and L1 and L2 are each independently The ground represents a single bond or a valence linking group, A/ represents an extended aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, Ar2 is an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and η represents an integer above 丨, η L2 Each of ηAr1 may be the same or different. (12) A polarizing plate is formed by bonding a protective film on both sides of a polarizer, and _ is characterized in that at least 1 of the protective films The film is a cellulose derivative film of the item (9). (13) The polarizing plate of (12) above, wherein an optically anisotropic layer is provided on at least a side of the protective film. (1) A liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell and two polarizing plates disposed on both sides thereof, wherein at least one of the polarizing plates is a polarizing plate of (12) or (13) (15) The liquid crystal display device of item 1.4, wherein the liquid crystal display device is in a VA (Vertically Aligned) mode. (16) The liquid crystal display device of item (1), wherein the liquid crystal display device is a CB (Optically Compensatory Bend) mode. (17) A cellulose derivative composition comprising at least one compound represented by the following formula (11). 1378120 通'式(i· 1 ) [Chemical Formula 7]

(式中,R2、R4、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基’ R111、R113係各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,Ln、jj2係各 φ 自獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基。Ar]係表示伸芳基或 - 芳香族雜環基,Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基,ηι係表 不3以上的整數,n個L12各自可以相同亦可以不同,^ ' 個Ar 1各自可以相同亦可以不同。但是,R 1 1 1、R I 1 3係互相 - 不同,Rl13所表示的烷基係不含有雜原子。) (18)如(I7)項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中前述通式(1 ^ 所不之化合物係下述通式(1 2 )所示。 通式(1 2)(wherein R2, R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; 'R111 and R113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and each of Ln and jj2 φ independently represents a single bond or a divalent group. The linking group: Ar] represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, Ar2 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and ηι is an integer of 3 or more, and each of n L12 may be the same or different. ^ 'Ar 1 may be the same or different. However, R 1 1 1 and RI 1 3 are different from each other, and the alkyl group represented by Rl13 does not contain a hetero atom.) (18) The fiber of item (I7) A composition of a derivative, wherein the compound of the above formula (1) is represented by the following formula (1 2 ). Formula (1 2)

[化學式8][Chemical Formula 8]

(式中R2、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,、 R113係各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,L11、L12係各自獨 立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳香 族雜環基,Ar係表不方基或方香族雜環基,η1係表示3 以上的整數,η1個L12各自可以相同亦可以不同,η1個Ari -12- 1378120 各自可以相同亦可以不同。但是,R111、R113係互相不同 RU3所示之烷基係不含有雜原子。) (19)如(17)項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中前述通式(1 1 所示之化合物係下述通式(13)所示。 通式(13) [化學式9](wherein R2 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R113 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and L11 and L12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and the Ar1 system It is an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, an Ar-based group or a squarium heterocyclic group, η1 represents an integer of 3 or more, and η1 L12 may be the same or different, and η1 Ari -12-1378120 Each of R111 and R113 may be different from each other. The alkyl group represented by RU3 does not contain a hetero atom. (19) The cellulose derivative composition of (17), wherein the above formula (1) The compound shown by 1 is represented by the following formula (13): Formula (13) [Chemical Formula 9]

(式中R2、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,rih、 RM3' R114係各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,L11、L12係各 自獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Arl係表示伸芳基 或芳香族雜環基’ Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基,?係 表示3以上的整數’ η1個L12各自可以相同亦可以不同, nl個Arl各自可以相同亦可以不同。但是,R111、R113 係互相不同’ R113所示之烷基係不含有雜原子。) (20) 如(17)〜(19)項中任一項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其 中含有醯化纖維素作爲前述纖維素衍生物。 (21) —種纖維素衍生物薄膜,係由如(1 7 )〜(2 0 )中任一項 之纖維素衍生物組成物所構成。 (22) —種化合物,係下述通式(12)所示化合物。 通式(1 2) [化學式1 0 ] 1378120(wherein R2 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and rih and RM3' R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and L11 and L12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Arl represents an extended aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group 'Ar2 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and the system represents an integer of 3 or more' η1 each of L12 may be the same or different, and each of nl Arls may be the same The alkyl group represented by any one of (17) to (19), It contains deuterated cellulose as the aforementioned cellulose derivative. (21) A cellulose derivative film comprising the cellulose derivative composition according to any one of (17) to (20). (22) A compound of the following formula (12). General formula (1 2) [chemical formula 1 0 ] 1378120

(式中r2、r5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R⑴' R表示各自獨·的氫原子或烷基,LU、L·12係各自獨立 地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar,係表示伸芳基或芳香族 雜f基’Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基,η1係表示3以(wherein r2 and r5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R(1)'R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which is unique, and LU and L.12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. , Ar, means that an aryl or aromatic hetero-f-group 'Ar2 represents an aryl or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and η1 means 3

上的整數,η個L12各自可以相同亦可以不同,nl個Ar, 各自可以相同亦可以不同,但是,Rlll、Rll3係互相不同, rU3所示之烷基係不含有雜原子。) (23‘)一種化合物,係下述通式(13)所示化合物。 通式(13) [化學式11]The integers above may be the same or different, and nl of Ar may be the same or different. However, Rl11 and Rll3 are different from each other, and the alkyl group represented by rU3 does not contain a hetero atom. (23') A compound which is a compound represented by the following formula (13). General formula (13) [Chemical Formula 11]

(式中R2、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Rl η、 R113、R114表示各自獨立的氫原子或烷基,L1!、l12係各自 獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳 香族雜環基,Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基,ηι係表示3 以上的整數’ η1個L12各自可以相同亦可以不同,ηι個Ari 各自可以相同亦可以不同,但是,R 1 1 1、R 1 1 3係互相不同, R113所示之烷基係不含有雜原子》) (24) —種偏光板,係在偏光子的兩面貼合保護膜而成,其 -14- 1378120 特徵爲’該等保護膜其中至少1片係如(21)項之纖維素衍 生物薄膜。 (25) 如前述(24)之偏光板,其中在該等保護膜其中至少— 方的面上,具有光學異方向性層》 (26) —種液晶顯示裝置,具有液晶胞及配置於其兩側之2 片偏光板,其中至少一側的偏光板係如(2 4)或(2 5 )項之偏光 板。 (2 7)如(2 6)項之液晶顯示裝置,其中液晶顯示裝置係 VA(垂直配向;Vertically Aligned)模式。 (28)如(26)項之液晶顯示裝置,其中液晶顯示裝置係 OCB(光學補償彎曲;Optically Compensatory Bend)模式。 以下’將前述(1)〜(8)項之纖維素衍生物組成物、前述 (9)項之纖維素衍生物薄膜、前述(1〇)〜(11)項之化合物、 前述(12)〜(13)項之偏光板、及前述(14)〜(16)項之液晶顯 示裝置稱爲第1實施態樣。 將前述(17)〜(20)項之纖維素衍生物組成物、前述(21) 項之纖維素衍生物薄膜、前述(22)〜(23)項之化合物、前述 (24)〜(25)項之偏光板、及前述(26)〜(2 8)項之液晶顯示裝 置稱爲第2實施態樣。 但是’若無事先告知時,本發明係包含前述第1及第 2實施態樣兩方的意義。 [發明之效果] 爲了形成能夠同時符合各自指定的Re値及Rth値之具 有優良光學性能之薄膜,本發明之纖維素衍生物組成物係 -15- 1378120 有用的。因此,藉此所得到的纖維素衍生物薄膜具有優良 的光學性能。 本發明之纖維素衍生物薄膜,能夠適合使用作爲液晶 顯示裝置用光學薄膜,特別是作爲光學補償薄片使用。 【實施方式】(wherein R2 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R1 η, R113 and R114 represent an independent hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and L1! and l12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linkage. The group, Ar1 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, Ar2 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and ηι means an integer of 3 or more 'n1' L12 may be the same or different, and ηι Ari may each The same may be different, but R 1 1 1 and R 1 1 3 are different from each other, and the alkyl group represented by R113 does not contain a hetero atom.) (24) A polarizing plate which is bonded to both sides of a polarizer. Film-formed, its -1 - 1378120 is characterized by 'the protective film, at least one of which is a cellulose derivative film of item (21). (25) The polarizing plate of (24) above, wherein at least one of the protective films has an optically anisotropic layer (26), a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell and disposed in the two Two polarizing plates on the side, at least one of which is a polarizing plate of (2 4) or (25). (2) The liquid crystal display device of (6), wherein the liquid crystal display device is in a VA (Vertically Aligned) mode. (28) The liquid crystal display device of (26), wherein the liquid crystal display device is an OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend) mode. In the following, the cellulose derivative composition of the above (1) to (8), the cellulose derivative film of the above (9), the compound of the above (1) to (11), and the above (12)~ The polarizing plate of the item (13) and the liquid crystal display device of the above (14) to (16) are referred to as the first embodiment. The cellulose derivative composition of the above (17) to (20), the cellulose derivative film of the above (21), the compound of the above (22) to (23), and the above (24) to (25) The polarizing plate of the item and the liquid crystal display device of the above (26) to (28) are referred to as the second embodiment. However, the present invention includes the meanings of the first and second embodiments described above without prior notice. [Effects of the Invention] The cellulose derivative composition of the present invention is useful for forming a film having excellent optical properties which can simultaneously satisfy Re? and Rth値 which are each specified. Therefore, the cellulose derivative film thus obtained has excellent optical properties. The cellulose derivative film of the present invention can be suitably used as an optical film for a liquid crystal display device, and is particularly useful as an optical compensation sheet. [Embodiment]

以下,詳細說明本發明。以下的說明係基於本發明之 代表性實施例,但是本發明不受到此等實施態樣之限定。 又’在本說明書使用「〜」表不.之數値範圍,其意義係包 含「〜」前後之數値作爲下限値及上限値之範圍。 [安息香酸衍生物化合物] 在本發明’特別是第1實施態樣的纖維素衍生物組成 物’其特徵爲’含有纖維素衍生物作爲必要成分,且含有 至少1種下述通式(1)所示化合物。 首先’詳細說明特別是本發明的第1實施態樣所使用 之通式(1)所示化合物。 [化學式1 2 ] 通式(1 ) R2 R1Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. The following description is based on representative embodiments of the invention, but the invention is not limited by such embodiments. In addition, the meaning of the range of "~" is used in the specification, and the meaning is the range of the lower limit and the upper limit. [A benzoic acid derivative compound] The present invention is particularly characterized in that the cellulose derivative composition of the first embodiment is characterized in that it contains a cellulose derivative as an essential component and contains at least one of the following formulas (1). ) the compound shown. First, the compound represented by the formula (1) used in particular in the first embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. [Chemical Formula 1 2 ] General Formula (1 ) R2 R1

(式中’R'R2、!^、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基, R13係表示含有—個以上雜原子之烷基,L係表示單鍵或是 —價的連結基,△]*係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基。) 通式(1)中’ R1、R2、R4、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子 -1 6 - 1378120 或取代基,取代基可以應用後述的取代基τ。 R1以氫原子、鹵素原子或電子給與基爲佳,以鹵素原 子 '烷基、烷氧基、胺基、羥基爲較佳,以氟原子、氯原 子 '碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數1〜12的烷氧基、羥基爲更佳, 以氫原子、烷氧基(以碳數1〜12爲佳,以碳數1〜8爲較 佳’以碳數1〜6爲更佳,以碳數1〜4爲特佳)爲特佳,以 甲氧基爲最佳。 R2以氫原子、烷基、烷氧基、胺基、羥基爲佳,以氫 原子、烷基、烷氧基爲較佳,以氫原子、烷基(以碳數1〜4 爲佳,以甲基爲更佳)、烷氧基(以碳數1〜1 2爲佳,以碳 數1〜8爲較佳,以碳數1〜6爲更佳,以碳數1〜4爲特佳) 爲更佳。以氫原子、甲基、甲氧基爲特佳,以氫原子爲最 佳。 R4以氫原子、鹵素原子或電子給與基爲佳,以氫原子、 烷基、烷氧基、胺基、羥基爲較佳,以氫原子、碳數1〜4 的烷基、碳數1〜12的烷氧基(以碳數1〜12爲佳,以碳數 1〜8爲較佳·’以碳數1〜6爲更佳,以碳數1〜4爲特佳) 爲更佳’以氫原子、碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數1〜4的烷氧 基爲特佳,以氫原子、甲氧基爲最佳。 R5以氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烷氧基、胺基 '羥基 爲佳’以氫原子、烷基、烷氧基爲較佳,以氟原子 '烷基(以 碳數1〜4爲佳,以甲基爲更佳)、烷氧基(以碳數1〜12爲 佳,以碳數1〜8爲較佳’以碳數1〜6爲更佳,以碳數1 〜4爲特佳)爲更佳。以氫原子、甲基、甲氧基爲特佳。以 -17- 1378120 氫原子爲最佳。 R13係表示含有1個以上雜原子之烷基。雜原子係表示 氫原子、碳原子以外的原子,可以舉出的有氧原子、氮原 子、硫原子、磷、矽、鹵素原子(F、Cl、Br、I)、硼原子等》 此等之中,以使用N、〇、S、F、C卜Si爲佳,以使用N、 〇、S爲更佳,以使用n、〇爲最佳。 在R13中含有雜原子—個以上時可以符合本發明的範 圍’但是亦可以含有二個以上。此時,亦可以含有不同的 雜原子’亦可以含有複數個同—種類的雜原子,任—種都 可以適合使用。 R13所表示的烷基,可以含有一個以上雜原子,碳原子 數以1〜30爲佳’以1〜20爲更佳,以2〜20爲最佳。 以下係R13所表示的取代基(含有一個以上雜原子之烷 基)之較佳例子’但是本發明不限定於此等。下述的例子所 表示的取代基係以#的部分連結於氧原子。(wherein 'R'R2, !^, R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R13 represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms, and L represents a single bond or a valent linking group, Δ ]* represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.) In the formula (1), 'R1, R2, R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom-1 6 - 1378120 or a substituent, and the substituent can be applied as described later. Substituent τ. R1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an electron donor group, and a halogen atom 'alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amine group or a hydroxyl group is preferred, and a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom' has an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and the hydroxyl group are more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 8) and having a carbon number of 1 to 6 Preferably, the carbon number is 1 to 4 is particularly good, and the methoxy group is the best. R2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amine group or a hydroxyl group, and preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 4). More preferably, a methyl group is an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8, preferably a carbon number of 1 to 6 and a carbon number of 1 to 4). ) for better. A hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group is particularly preferred, and a hydrogen atom is preferred. R4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an electron donor group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amine group or a hydroxyl group, and a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 1. Alkoxy group of ~12 (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8), preferably a carbon number of 1 to 6 and a carbon number of 1 to 4, more preferably The hydrogen atom, the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are particularly preferred, and a hydrogen atom or a methoxy group is preferred. R5 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an amine group 'hydroxy group', and preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, and a fluorine atom 'alkyl group (having a carbon number of 1 to 4). Preferably, the methyl group is more preferred), the alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 8), preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 6 and having a carbon number of 1 to 4; Tejia) is better. It is particularly preferred as a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxy group. The hydrogen atom is preferably -17- 1378120. R13 represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms. The hetero atom system means a hydrogen atom or an atom other than a carbon atom, and examples thereof include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, phosphorus, ruthenium, a halogen atom (F, Cl, Br, I), a boron atom, and the like. In the case of using N, 〇, S, F, and C, it is preferable to use N, 〇, and S, and it is preferable to use n and 〇. When R13 contains more than one hetero atom, it may conform to the scope of the present invention, but may contain two or more. In this case, a different hetero atom may be contained, or a plurality of hetero atoms of the same type may be contained, and any of them may be suitably used. The alkyl group represented by R13 may contain one or more hetero atoms, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 20, most preferably from 2 to 20. The following is a preferred example of the substituent (the alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms) represented by R13. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. The substituent represented by the following examples is linked to an oxygen atom by a moiety of #.

-18- 1378120 [化學式13 〇〇 #,VwV、〇CH3 〇_2 # 扎 0-3 # /v^OH 0-4 # 0-5 # X^"〇n^v〇C8H13 ch3 〇·6 # 0-7 #/γ°εΛ 0-11 0-12 #-^SCH3 0-13 # 0-14 ^ HCHa 〇-2〇 n /^s^N^OSi(CH3)3-18- 1378120 [Chemical Formula 13 〇〇#, VwV, 〇CH3 〇_2 #扎0-3 # /v^OH 0-4 # 0-5 # X^"〇n^v〇C8H13 ch3 〇·6 # 0-7 #/γ°εΛ 0-11 0-12 #-^SCH3 0-13 # 0-14 ^ HCHa 〇-2〇n /^s^N^OSi(CH3)3

XI II 0-21#/XXc 0-22 〕CHa 〇-15 CH, 〇>23 a 0-1Θ ,〇 0-24 # · 、c/7 0 0-8 林 〇C2Hs 0-25 0-10 〇2 . 0-18 # o 0-19 n π [化學式14] 0-26 # 〇-27# 0-28 c2h5 人 c4h9,OC(CH3)3 0-31 # 0-32 # ,s'nXH3 o 0-29 #/γ C^Hs #,X~Y〇'^C4h9 0-33 # ^Y1 C〇ch3 巴 〜〇ch3 CH(CH3)C2H50-34 # /VYN'CH(CH3)C2H5 〇 0-30 #\/^\/。丫〇C4Hs 0-35 CH2COOC2H5 N 'CH2COOC2H5XI II 0-21#/XXc 0-22 〕CHa 〇-15 CH, 〇>23 a 0-1Θ ,〇0-24 # · ,c/7 0 0-8 林〇 C2Hs 0-25 0-10 〇2 . 0-18 # o 0-19 n π [Chemical Formula 14] 0-26 # 〇-27# 0-28 c2h5 Person c4h9, OC(CH3)3 0-31 # 0-32 # ,s'nXH3 o 0-29 #/γ C^Hs #,X~Y〇'^C4h9 0-33 # ^Y1 C〇ch3 巴〜〇ch3 CH(CH3)C2H50-34 # /VYN'CH(CH3)C2H5 〇0- 30 #\/^\/.丫〇C4Hs 0-35 CH2COOC2H5 N 'CH2COOC2H5

-19--19-

1378120 L係表示單鍵或二價的連結基,較佳之二價的望 有-〇-、-NR- (R係表示氫原子或亦可以具有取代基;$ 或是芳基)、-CO-、-S02-、-S·、伸烷基、取代伸烷3 基 '取代烯基、炔基及組合二個以上此等的二價基市 的基,L 較佳是- 〇-、NR-、-NRS〇2-、-NRCO·,以- 0-爲特佳,R較佳是氫原子。1378120 L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Preferably, the divalent group has -〇-, -NR- (R represents a hydrogen atom or may have a substituent; $ or an aryl group), -CO- And -S02-, -S., an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a combination of two or more such divalent groups. L is preferably - 〇-, NR- -NRS〇2-, -NRCO·, particularly preferably -0-, and R is preferably a hydrogen atom.

Ar係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基。Ar所表示的芳3 數6〜50的芳基爲佳,可以是單環,亦可以與其他場 稠環。又,可能時亦可以具有取代基,取代基可以應 述取代基T»Ar所表示的芳基以碳數6〜20爲更佳, 數6〜12的芳基爲特佳,可以舉出的有例如苯基、萘 通式(1)中,Ar所表示的芳香族雜環基,以含有 子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少一種之芳香族雜環 佳,以5至6員環之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫子姜 少1種的芳香族雜環基爲更佳。又,可能時亦可以具 代基,取代基可以應用後述取代基T。 通式(1)中,Ar所表示的芳香族雜環基的芳香族雜 具體例子,可以舉出的有例如呋喃、吡咯、噻吩' 吡唑、吡啶、吡畊、嗒畊、三唑、三阱、吲哚、吲 呤、噻唑啉、噻唑 '噻二唑、噚唑啉、Df唑、噚二 啉、異喹啉、酞畊、萘啶、喹嗶啉、喹唑啉、啐啉、 吖啶 '啡啉、啡畊、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并曙唑、 唑、苯并三唑、四氮茚、吡咯三唑' 吡唑三唑等。 香族雜環係例如去除氫原子來提供前述的芳香族雜 丨結基 :院基 ;、烯 ‘得到 、NR- :以碳 :形成 :用後 以碳 基 氧原 基爲 :中至 .有取 ;環之 :哩、 :、嘌 :、喹 黃啶、 :并噻 ,等芳 丨基。 -20 - 1378120 芳香族雜環以苯并咪唑、苯并噚唑、苯并噻唑、苯并三唑 爲佳。 通式(1)所表示的化合物以下述通式(2)〜(5)或是 (4-A)、(4-B)、(5-A)或(5-B)其中任一種所示化合物爲佳。 接著說明通式(2)所不化合物。 [化學式15] 通式(2)The Ar system represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aryl group represented by Ar having 6 to 50 aryl groups is preferred, and may be a single ring or a fused ring with other fields. Further, the substituent may have a substituent. The substituent may have an aryl group represented by the substituent T»Ar, preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, and an aryl group of 6 to 12, particularly preferably. For example, in the phenyl group, the aromatic group of the formula (1), the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by Ar is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing at least one of a sub, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, and is a ring of 5 to 6 members. An aromatic heterocyclic group containing one oxygen atom, one nitrogen atom or one less sulfur ginger is more preferable. Further, a substituent may be used as the case may be, and the substituent T may be applied to the substituent. Specific examples of the aromatic hetero atom of the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by Ar in the general formula (1) include, for example, furan, pyrrole, thiophene pyrazole, pyridine, pyridin, argon, triazole, and trisole. Trap, hydrazine, hydrazine, thiazoline, thiazole' thiadiazole, oxazoline, Df azole, porphyrin, isoquinoline, hydrazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, porphyrin, hydrazine Pyridinium, morphine, tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, oxazole, benzotriazole, tetraazaindene, pyrrotriazole' pyrazole triazole, and the like. The aromatic heterocyclic ring system, for example, removes a hydrogen atom to provide the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group: a base group; an alkene-derived, an NR-: a carbon: formed: a carbon-based oxygen atomic group is used after: Take; ring: 哩, :, 嘌:, quinazine, : thiophene, and other aryl fluorenyl. -20 - 1378120 The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole or benzotriazole. The compound represented by the formula (1) is represented by any one of the following formulas (2) to (5) or (4-A), (4-B), (5-A) or (5-B). The compound is preferred. Next, the compound of the formula (2) will be described. Formula (2)

R2 OR11R2 OR11

(式中’ R2、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,rm係 表示氫原子或院基’ R13係表示含有一個以上雜原子之院 基’ L係表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar係表示芳基或芳 香族雜環基。) 通式(2)中’ R2、R5、R13、L及Ar係與通式(1)之其等 同義,又,較佳範圍亦相同。(wherein R2 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and rm means a hydrogen atom or a deutero group. R13 means a hospital group containing one or more hetero atoms. L system means a single bond or a divalent linkage. The group, the Ar system represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.) In the formula (2), 'R2, R5, R13, L and Ar are equivalent to the formula (1), and the preferred range is also the same. .

Rl1係表示氫原子或烷基,以氫原子或碳數1〜4的烷 基爲佳’以氫原子或是碳數1〜3的烷基爲較佳,以甲基爲 更佳。 接著,說明通式(3)所示化合物。 [化學式1 6 ] 通式(3) -21- 1378120Rl1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. A hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred, and a methyl group is more preferred. Next, the compound represented by the formula (3) will be described. [Chemical Formula 1 6 ] General Formula (3) -21 - 1378120

(式中’ R2、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R11、 R14係各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,R13係表示含有—個 以上雜原子之烷基,L係表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Al 係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基。)(wherein R 2 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 11 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R 13 represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms, and L represents a single bond. Or a divalent linking group, Al means an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.)

通式(3)中,R2、R5、R13、L·及Ar係與通式(1)之其等 同義,又,較佳範圍亦相同。 R11、R14係各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,以氫原子 或碳數〗〜4的烷基爲佳,以氫原子或是碳數〗〜3的院基 爲較佳,以甲基爲更佳。R 11及R M可以相同亦可以不同, 其中以同時爲甲基爲特佳。 接著,說明通式(4)所示化合物。 [化學式17] 通式(4)In the formula (3), R2, R5, R13, L· and Ar are the same as those of the formula (1), and the preferred ranges are also the same. R11 and R14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of from 4 to 4, preferably a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of from 3,000 to 3, and a methyl group. Better. R 11 and R M may be the same or different, and it is particularly preferable that they are methyl groups at the same time. Next, the compound represented by the formula (4) will be explained. [Chemical Formula 17] General Formula (4)

(式中R21、R22、R24、R25係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代 基’ R43係表示含有1個以上雜原子之烷基,L1、L2 # 1糸各 目獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,ArI係表示伸芳基变 芳香族雜環基,Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基,11係_$ 1以上的整數,η個L2各自可以相同亦可以不同,„伽., -22 -(wherein R21, R22, R24 and R25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; 'R43 means an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms, and each of L1 and L2#1糸 independently represents a single bond or two. The linking group of the valence, ArI represents an aryl group-induced aromatic heterocyclic group, Ar2 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and the 11 series is an integer of 11 or more, and each of η L2 may be the same or different.伽., -22 -

1378120 各自可以相同亦可以不同^ ) R21、R22、R24、R25係各自獨立地表示氯 基’取代基可以應用後述的取代基T。 示出R21' R22、R24、r25的較佳例子。R 所示R1的較佳例子相同。R22與通式(1)所示 子相同。R24與通式(1)所示R4的較佳例子相f 式(U所示R5的較佳例子相同。1378120 Each may be the same or different. ^) R21, R22, R24 and R25 each independently represent a chloro group. The substituent T which can be described later can be applied. A preferred example of R21' R22, R24, r25 is shown. Preferred examples of R1 shown by R are the same. R22 is the same as the one shown in the formula (1). R24 is a preferred embodiment of R4 represented by the formula (1), which is the same as the preferred embodiment of R5 shown by U.

Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳香族雜環基,(Ari. 覆單位中的Ar 1,可以全部相同亦可以各自不丨 示芳基或是芳香族雜環基。 在通式(4)中’ Ar1所表示的伸芳基以碳數 芳基爲佳’可以是單環,亦可以與其他環.形成 可能時亦可以具有取代基,取代基可以應用 T。Ar1所表示的伸芳基以碳數6〜20爲更佳, 1 2的芳基爲特佳,可以舉出的有例如伸苯基、 基、伸萘基等。 通式(4)中’ Ar2所表示的伸芳基以碳數6 基爲佳,可以是單環,亦可以與其他環形成稱 能時亦可以具有取代基,取代基可以應用後述 Ar1所表示的伸芳基以碳數6〜20爲更佳, 的芳基爲特佳,可以舉出的有例如苯基、對甲 基等β 通式(4)中’ Ar1、Ar2係表示芳香族雜環基 子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少一種之芳香 原子或取代 21與通式(1) R2的較佳例 司。R25與通 _L2)n所示反 司。Ar2係表 6〜3 0的伸 稠環。又, 後述取代基 以碳數6〜 對甲基伸苯 〜3 0的伸芳 環。又,可 取代基T。 ,碳數6〜12 基苯基、萘 :以含有氧原 族雜環基爲 -23- 1378120 佳’以5至6員環之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫子其中至 少1種的芳香族雜環基爲更佳。又,可能時亦可以具有取 代基’取代基可以應用後述取代基丁。芳香族雜環基之具 體例係與前述通式(1 )中所示A r的例子相同。 通式(4)中,L1、L2係各自獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的 連結基。L1' L2各自可以相同亦可以不同。又,(Α,-Ι^η 所示反覆單位中的L2,可以全部相同亦可以各自不同。 二價的連結基的例子與前述通式(1)中所示L相同。其 中以- 〇-、-CO-、-S02NR-、-NRS02-、-CONR-、-NRCO-、 -COO-' -OCO-、及伸炔基,以-CONR-、-NRCO-、-COO·、 • o c Ο -、及伸炔基爲最佳。 本發明所使用通式(4)所示的化合物,Ar1係結合L1及 L2,其中 Ar1 爲伸苯基時,及- Ι^-Αγ1-]^2-係以 互相爲對位(I,4-位置)的關係爲最佳。 在通式(4)中,η表示1以上的整數,以1〜7爲佳,以 2〜7爲較佳,以3〜6爲更佳* 通式(4)所示的化合物之中’ π係 3以上之物, (-Ai^-L2-、所表示的部分較佳,與具有同樣構造以先前化 合物比較時,在纖維素衍生物薄膜具有顯現更高遲滯値的 能力。又,藉由在R43中含有雜原子,能夠實現在纖維素 衍生物組成物中之高溶解性。 通式(4)所示化合物’以下述的通式(4-A)或是通式 (4-B)所示化合物爲更佳。 [化學式1 8] -24- 1378120 通式(4_A)Ar1 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and Ar 1 in the Ari. unit may be the same or may not each represent an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. In the formula (4) The aryl group represented by Ar1 is preferably a carbon number aryl group. It may be a single ring or may be substituted with other rings. When possible, a substituent may be used. The substituent may be represented by T. The exoaryl group represented by Ar1 is carbon. The number of 6 to 20 is more preferably, and the aryl group of 1 2 is particularly preferable, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like. In the formula (4), the aryl group represented by 'Ar2 is carbon. Preferably, the number 6 is preferably a single ring, or may be substituted with other rings, and may have a substituent. The substituent may be a aryl group represented by Ar1 described later, preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 20. The base is particularly preferably, for example, a phenyl group, a p-methyl group or the like. In the formula (4), 'Ar1, Ar2 means an aromatic heterocyclic group, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, at least one of which is an aromatic atom or A preferred example of the substitution of 21 with R2 of the formula (1) R. Ar2 is a thickened ring of 6 to 30. Further, the substituent described later is a aryl ring having a carbon number of 6 to a methyl group of benzene to 30,000. Further, the base T can be substituted. a carbon number of 6 to 12 phenyl, naphthalene: containing an oxo-heterocyclic heterocyclic group of -23 to 1378120. A 5 to 6-membered ring containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur having at least one of the aromatic groups. A heterocyclic group is more preferred. Further, a substituent which may be substituted with a substituent may be used as the substituent. The specific example of the aromatic heterocyclic group is the same as the example of A r shown in the above formula (1). In the formula (4), L1 and L2 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Each of L1' L2 may be the same or different. Further, L2 in the repeating unit represented by (Α, -Ι^η) may be the same or different. Examples of the divalent linking group are the same as those shown in the above formula (1). Among them, --- , -CO-, -S02NR-, -NRS02-, -CONR-, -NRCO-, -COO-'-OCO-, and alkynyl, to -CONR-, -NRCO-, -COO·, • oc Ο - and the alkynyl group is optimal. The compound of the formula (4) used in the present invention, Ar1 is bonded to L1 and L2, wherein Ar1 is a phenyl group, and - Ι^-Αγ1-]^2- In the general formula (4), η represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 7, preferably 2 to 7, preferably 3 to 6 is more preferable * Among the compounds represented by the general formula (4), the 'π-system 3 or more, (-Ai^-L2-, the indicated moiety is preferred, and when compared with the prior compound when having the same structure The cellulose derivative film has the ability to exhibit higher hysteresis. Further, by containing a hetero atom in R43, high solubility in the cellulose derivative composition can be achieved. Compound of the formula (4) 'Using the following general formula (4-A) or The compound represented by (4-B) is more preferable. [Chemical Formula 1 8] -24-1378120 Formula (4_A)

(式中R22、R25係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代a 表示含有1個以上雜原子之烷基,R41係表示氯 基,I^'L2係各自獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的 Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳香族雜環基,Ar2係表示芳 族雜環基,η係表示Γ以上的整數,η個L2各自 亦可以不同,η個Ar1各自可以相同亦可以不同。 通式(4·Α)中,R22' R25、R43、L1、L2、Ar】、 係與通式(4)之其等同義,又,較佳範圍亦相同。 R4 1係表示氫原子或烷基,以氫原子或碳數1 基爲佳,以氫原子或碳數1〜3之烷基爲較佳,以 佳。 [化學式19] 通式(4-B) ;,R43 係 原子或烷 連結基, 基或芳香 可以相同 ) Ar2 及 η 〜4之烷 甲基爲更(wherein R22 and R25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; or a substituent a represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms; R41 represents a chlorine group; and I^'L2 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent Ar1; It means an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, Ar2 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group, η represents an integer of Γ or more, and each of η L2 may be different, and each of ηAr1 may be the same or different. In the above formula, R22' R25, R43, L1, L2, Ar, and the formula (4) have the same meanings, and the preferred range is also the same. R4 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, A hydrogen atom or a carbon number 1 group is preferred, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred, and a compound of the formula (4-B); R43 is an atom or an alkyl group; The base or the aroma may be the same) the alkyl group of Ar2 and η~4 is more

(式中R22、R25係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代2 表示含有1個以上雜原子之烷基,R41、R44係表 位的氫原子或烷基,L、L2係各自獨立地表示 二價的連結基,Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳香族雜環3 :,R43 係 示各自獨 單鍵或是 ,Ar2 係 -25 - 1378120 表示芳基或芳香族雜環基’ η係表示1以上的整數,η個 L2各自可以相同亦可以不同’η個Ar1各自可以相同亦可 以不同。) 通式(4-B)中,R22、R25、R43、Li、l2 ' Ar 丨、Ar2 及 η 係與通式(4)之其等同義,又,較佳範圍亦相同。 R41、R44係各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,以氫原子 或碳數1〜4之烷基爲佳,以氫原子或碳數1〜3之烷基爲 較佳,以甲基爲更佳。 通式(4)所示化合物,以下述通式(5)、通式(5-Α)或是 通式(5 - Β )其中任一者所示化合物爲更佳。 [化學式20] 通式(5)(wherein R22 and R25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substitution 2 represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group of an R41 or R44-based epitope, and L and L2 each independently represent a divalent group. The linking group, Ar1 represents an extended aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic ring 3:, R43 represents a single single bond or Ar2 system-25-1378120 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group 'η" represents 1 or more Integer, η L2 may be the same or different. 'n Ar1 may be the same or different.) In the formula (4-B), R22, R25, R43, Li, l2 'Ar 丨, Ar2 and η are The general formula (4) is equivalent and the preferred range is also the same. R41 and R44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group. good. The compound represented by the formula (4) is more preferably a compound represented by any one of the following formula (5), formula (5-fluorene) or formula (5-?). [Chemical Formula 20] Formula (5)

基’ R43係表示含有1個以上雜原子之烷基,Li、L2係各 自獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ari係表示伸芳基或 方香族雜環基,η係表示1以上的整數,η個L1各自可以 相同亦可以不同,η個A r 1各自可以相同亦可以不同。) 通式(5)中,R21、R22、R24、R”' r43、Li、l2' Ar1、 Ar2及η係與通式(4)之其等同義,又,較佳範圍亦相同。 [化學式2 1 ] 通式(5-Α) -26 - 1378120The base 'R43> represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms, and the Li and L2 groups each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and the Ari represents an extended aryl group or a scented heterocyclic group, and the η system represents For an integer of 1 or more, η L1 may be the same or different, and η A r 1 may be the same or different. In the formula (5), R21, R22, R24, R"' r43, Li, l2' Ar1, Ar2 and η are equivalent to the formula (4), and the preferred range is also the same. 2 1 ] General formula (5-Α) -26 - 1378120

R22 OR41R22 OR41

L1-Ar1L1-Ar1

(式中R22、R25係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,r43係 表示含有1個以上雜原子之烷基,R4 1係表示氫原子或烷 基,L、L2係各自獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ari 係表示伸芳基或芳香族雜環基,η係表示1以上的整數,η 個L1各自可以相同亦可以不同,η個Ar1各自可以相同亦 可以不同。) 通式(5-A)中,R22、R25、R“、Ll、L2、Ari 及 ^ 係與 通式(4)之其等同義,又’較佳範圍亦相同。 R41係表示氫原子或烷基,以氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷 基爲佳,以氫原子或碳數1〜3之烷基爲較佳,以甲基爲更 佳。 [化學式22] 通式(5-Β)(wherein R22 and R25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; r43 represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms; R4 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; and L and L2 each independently represent a single bond; Or a divalent linking group, Ari means an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, η means an integer of 1 or more, and η of L1 may be the same or different, and η each of Ar1 may be the same or different. In the formula (5-A), R22, R25, R", L1, L2, Ari and ^ are equivalent to the formula (4), and the preferred range is also the same. R41 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkane The group is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group. [Chemical Formula 22] Formula (5-Β) )

(式中R22、R25係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,r43係 表示含有1個以上雜原子之烷基,R4 1、R44係各自獨立地 表示氫原子或烷基,U、L2係各自獨立地表示單鍵或是二 價的連結基’ Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳香族雜環基,η係表示 1以上的整數’ η個L1各自可以相同亦可以不同,η個 -27 - 1378120 各自可以相同亦可以不同。) 通式(5·Β)中,R22、R25、R43、L〗、L2、Ar1 及 n 係與 通式(4)之其等同義,又,較佳範圍亦相同。 R41、R44係各自獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,以氫原子 或碳數1〜4之烷基爲佳,以氫原子或碳數1〜3之烷基爲 較佳,以甲基爲更佳。 以下,說明前述的置換基Τ。 置換基Τ較佳是鹵素原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴 原子、碘原子)、烷基(較佳是碳數1〜30之烷基、例如甲 基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、2-乙基 己基)、環烷基(較佳是碳數3〜30之取代或未取代的環院 基,例如環己基、環戊基、4-正十二基環己基)' 雙環己基 (較佳是碳數5〜3 0之取代或未取代的雙環烷基,亦即,碳 數5〜30的雙環烷屬烴去除一個氫原子而成的—價的基, 例如,雙環[1,2,2]庚烷-2-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛烷-3-基)、 嫌基(較佳是碳數2〜30之取代或是未取代的烧基、例 如,乙烯基、烯丙基)、環烯基(較佳是碳數3〜30之取& 或是未取代的環烯基,亦即,3〜3〇之取代或是未取代的 環院屬烴去除一個氫原子而成的一價的基,例如,2 -環$ 烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基)' 雙環烯基(取代或是未取代的雙 環烯基,較佳是碳數5〜30之取代或是未取代的雙環燦 基,亦即,具有一個雙鍵之雙環烯屬烴去去〜個氯原+ @ 成的一價基,例如,雙環[2,2,1]庚-2-烯-1-基、雙環[2 2 ^ 辛-2-烧-4-基)、快基(較佳是碳數2〜30之取代或是未取、 -28 - 1378120 的炔基,例如乙炔基、丙炔基)、 方基(較佳是碳數0〜3〇之取代或是未取代的芳基,例 如本基、對甲苯基、萘基)、雜環基(較佳是5或6員之取 代或未取代的芳香族或非芳香族_環化合物去除一個氫 原子而成之一價的基,更佳是碳數3〜3〇之5或6員之芳 香族的雜環基,例如2-呋喃基、2_噻吩基、2嘧啶基、2_ 本并噻哩基)'氰基' 肖基 '硝基 '竣基、自氧基(較佳是 碳數1〜30之取代或是未取代的烷氧基,例如甲氧基、乙 基氧、異丙氧基、第三丁氧基、正辛氧基、2_甲氧基乙氧 基)' 方氧基(較佳是碳數6〜3〇之取代或是未取代的芳氧 基’例如’苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、C第三丁基苯氧基、 3 -硝基苯氧基、2 -四癸醯胺基苯氧基 砂院基氧基(較佳是碳數3〜20之矽烷基氧基,例如, 二甲基矽烷基氧基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基氧基)、雜環氧 基(較佳是碳數2〜30之取代或是未取代的雜環氧基、i—苯 基四哩-5-氧基、2 -四唑吡喃基氧基)、醯氧基(較佳是甲醯 氧基 '碳數2〜30之取代或是未取代的烷基碳醯氧基、碳 數6〜30之取代或是未取代的方基碳酿氧基,例如甲酿氧 基、乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、硬脂醯氧基、苯甲醯氧 基、對甲氧基苯基碳酿氧基)、胺基甲醜氧基(較佳是碳數1 〜30之取代或是未取代的胺基甲醯氧基,例如Ν,Ν_二甲基 胺基甲醯氧基、Ν,Ν -二乙基胺基甲醯氧基、味琳碳醯氧基、 Ν,Ν -二-正辛基胺基甲醯氧基、Ν -正辛基胺基甲醯氧基)、 院氧基碳醯氧基(較佳是碳數2〜30之取代或是未取代的院 -29 -(wherein R22 and R25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; r43 represents an alkyl group having one or more hetero atoms, and R4 1 and R44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; and each of U and L2 is used. Independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group 'Ar1 represents an extended aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and η represents an integer of 1 or more 'n each L1 may be the same or different, η -27 - 1378120 Each of them may be the same or different.) In the formula (5·Β), R22, R25, R43, L, L2, Ar1 and n are equivalent to the formula (4), and the preferred range is also the same. . R41 and R44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group. good. Hereinafter, the above-described substitution basis will be described. The substituent group is preferably a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom), an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, or the like. Isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl), cycloalkyl (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted ring having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl)'bicyclohexyl (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 30, that is, a bicycloparaffin having 5 to 30 carbon atoms is removed by one hydrogen atom; a valence group, for example, bicyclo[1,2,2]heptan-2-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]octane-3-yl), stimulating group (preferably carbon number 2~) a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group, or a cycloalkenyl group (preferably a carbon number of 3 to 30 or an unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group, that is, 3) a monovalent group of a substituted or unsubstituted ring-derived hydrocarbon to remove one hydrogen atom, for example, a 2-cyclohexene-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl)' bicyclic ring Alkenyl (substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl, preferably carbon number 5~ a substituted or unsubstituted bicyclic aryl group of 30, that is, a bicyclic olefinic hydrocarbon having a double bond to remove a monovalent group of a chlorogenic source + @, for example, a bicyclo[2,2,1]g- 2-en-1-yl, bicyclo[2 2 ^oct-2-yoth-4-yl), fast radical (preferably a carbon number 2 to 30 substitution or an unsubstituted, -28 - 1378120 alkynyl group, For example, an ethynyl group, a propynyl group, a aryl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having a carbon number of 0 to 3 Å, such as a benzyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group) or a heterocyclic group (preferably A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic _ ring compound of 5 or 6 members is a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom, more preferably a 5 or 6 member aromatic group having a carbon number of 3 to 3 Å. a cyclic group, for example, 2-furyl, 2-thiophenyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzinothio]cyano, schyl-nitro-indenyl, self-oxyl (preferably carbon number 1 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, such as methoxy, ethyloxy, isopropoxy, tert-butoxy, n-octyloxy, 2-methoxyethoxy)' aryloxy ( Preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 3 Å. Base, 2-methylphenoxy, C-t-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 2-tetradecylphenoxy lityloxy (preferably carbon number 3~) a 20-decyloxy group, for example, a dimethyl decyloxy group, a tert-butyldimethyl decyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted) Heterocyclic oxy, i-phenyltetradec-5-oxy, 2-tetrazopyranyloxy), decyloxy (preferably methyl methoxy) carbon number 2 to 30 substitution or not Substituted alkyl carboxyoxy group, carbon number 6 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted aryl carbon alkoxy group, such as a methoxy group, ethoxy group, trimethyl ethoxy group, stearin An oxy group, a benzyl methoxy group, a p-methoxyphenyl carbon oxy group, an amino oxa oxy group (preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30 or an unsubstituted aminomethyl methoxy group, For example, hydrazine, Ν-dimethylaminomethyl methoxy, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylaminomethyl methoxy, hydrazine carbon oxy, hydrazine, hydrazine-di-n-octylaminomethyl methoxy Base, Ν-n-octylaminomethyl methoxy), alkoxy methoxy group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30) Or an unsubstituted hospital -29 -

1378120 氧基碳醯氧基,例如甲氧基碳醯氧基、乙氧基碳酷 第三丁氧基碳醯氧基、正辛氧基碳醯氧基)、芳氧基 基(較佳是碳數7〜30之取代或是未取代的芳氧基 基,例如苯氧基碳醯氧基、對甲氧基苯氧基碳醯氧 正十六烷氧基苯氧基碳醯氧基)、 胺基(較佳是胺基、碳數1〜30之取代或是未取 基胺基、碳數6〜30之取代或未取代的苯胺基,例$ 甲胺基、二甲胺基、苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基 醯胺基(較佳是甲醯胺基、碳數1〜30之取代或是未 烷基碳醯胺基 '碳數6〜30之取代或是未取代的芳 胺基,例如,甲醯胺基、乙醯胺基、三甲基乙醯胺 桂基胺基、苯甲醯胺基)、胺基碳醯胺基(較佳是1 取代或是未取代的胺基碳醯胺基,例如胺基甲醯胺| 二甲基胺基碳醯胺基、N,N -二乙基胺基碳醯胺基、 醯胺基)、烷氧基碳醯胺基(較佳是2〜30之取代或 代的烷氧基碳醯胺基,例如,甲氧基碳醯胺基、乙 醯胺基、第三丁氧基碳醯胺基、正十八烷氧基碳醒 N -甲基-甲氧基碳醯胺基)、芳氧基碳醯胺基(較佳 〜3 0之取代或未取代的芳氧基碳醯胺基,例如, 醯胺基、對氯苯氧基碳醯胺基、間正辛氧基苯氧 基)、 胺磺醯胺基(較佳是碳數〇〜30之取代或是未耳 磺醯胺基,例如,胺磺醯胺基、N,N -二甲基胺基月: 基、N-正辛基胺基胺磺醯胺基)、烷基或芳基磺醯 氧基、 碳酿氧 碳醯氧 基、對 代的烷 口胺基、 胺基)、 取代的 基碳醯 基、月 〜30之 i ' Ν,Ν-味啉碳 ,是未取 氧基碳 胺基、 :碳數Ί :氧基碳 :碳醯胺 [代的胺 :磺醯胺 胺基(較 1378120 佳疋1〜30之取代或是未取代的烷基磺醯胺基、6〜3〇之 取代或是未取代的芳基磺醯胺基,例如’甲基磺醯胺基、 丁基磺醯胺基 '苯基磺醯胺基、2,3,5_三氯苯基磺醯胺基、 對甲基本基磺醯胺基)、氫硫基、烷硫基(較佳是1〜30之 取代或是未取代的烷硫基,例如甲硫基、乙硫基、正十六 烷硫基)、芳硫基(較佳是6〜3〇之取代或是未取代的芳硫 基’例如苯硫基、對氯苯硫基、間甲氧基苯硫基)、雜環硫 基(較佳是碳數2〜30之取代或是未取代的雜環硫基,例 如’ 2 -苯并噻唑基硫基、丨_苯基四唑-5_基硫基)' 胺擴醯基(較佳是碳數0〜30之取代或是未取代的胺磺 醯基’例如N -乙基胺磺醯基、n-(3 -十二烷氧基丙基)胺磺 醯基、N-乙醯胺磺醯基、N_苯甲醯胺磺醯基、Ν·(Ν,-苯基 胺基甲醯基)胺磺醯基)、磺酸基 '烷基或芳基亞磺醯基(較 佳是碳數1〜30之取代或是未取代的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數 6〜30之取代或是未取代的芳基亞磺醯基,例如,甲基亞 磺醯基、乙基亞磺醯基、苯基亞磺醯基、對甲基苯基亞磺 醯基)、烷基或芳基磺醯基(較佳是碳數1〜30之取代或是 未取代的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數6〜30之取代或是未取代的 芳基磺醯基’例如,甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醢基、苯基磺醯 基、對甲基苯基磺醯基)、 醯基(較佳是甲醯基、碳數2〜30之取代或是未取代的 烷基碳醯基,例如,乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基)、芳氧基碳醯 基(較佳是碳數7〜30之取代或是未取代的芳氧基碳醯基, 例如,苯氧基碳醯基 '鄰氯苯氧基碳醯基 '間硝基苯氧基 1378120 碳醯基、對第三丁基苯氧基碳醯基)、烷氧基碳醯基(較佳 是碳數2〜3G之取代或是未取代的烷氧基碳醯基,例如, 甲氧基碳醯基、乙氧基碳醯基、第三丁氧基碳醯基、正十 八烷氧基碳醯基)、胺基甲醯基(較佳是碳數1〜30之取代 或是未取代的胺基甲醯基,例如,胺基甲醯基、N -甲基月安 基甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺基甲醯基' N,N-二-正辛基胺基甲 醯基、N-(甲基磺醯基)胺基甲醯基)、 芳基或雜環偶氮基(較佳是碳數6〜30之取代或是未取 代的芳基偶氮基、碳數3〜30之取代或是未取代的雜環偶 氮基,例如苯基偶氮基、對氯苯基偶氮基、5-乙硫_丨,3,4. 噻二哩-2-基偶氮基)、酿亞胺基(較佳是N-號拍醯亞胺基、 N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺)、膦基(較佳是碳數2〜30之取代或是 未取代的膦基,例如,二甲基膦基、二苯基膦基、甲基苯 氧基膦基)、氧膦基(較佳是碳數2〜30之取代或是未取代 的氧膦基’例如’氧膦基、二辛氧基氧膦基、二乙氧基氧 膦基)、氧膦基氧基(較佳是碌數2〜30之取代或是未取代 的氧膦基氧基,例如,二苯氧基氧膦基氧基、二辛氧基氧 膦基氧基)、氧膦基胺基(較佳是碳數2〜30之取代或是未 取代的氧膦基胺基,例如,二甲氧基氧膦基胺基、二甲基 胺基氧膦基胺基)、矽烷基(較佳是碳數3〜30之取代或是 未取代的矽烷基’例如,三甲基矽烷基 '第三丁基二甲基 矽烷基、苯基二甲基矽烷基)。 上述取代基中’具有氫原子之物亦可以將該氫原子去 除,更以上述的基取代。此種官能基之例子可以舉出的有 -32 - 13781201378120 oxycarbomethoxy, such as methoxycarbenyloxy, ethoxylated carbon-butoxybutoxycarbonyloxy, n-octyloxycarbonyloxy), aryloxy (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, a phenoxycarbenyloxy group, a p-methoxyphenoxycarbo-oxy-n-hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonoxy group) , an amine group (preferably an amine group, a carbon number of 1 to 30 or a non-amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted anilino group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, for example, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, An anilino group, an N-methyl-anilino group, a diphenylguanidinium group (preferably a carbenamide group, a carbon number of 1 to 30 or a non-alkylcarbenylamino group) having a carbon number of 6 to 30 Or an unsubstituted arylamine group, for example, formamidine, etidamine, trimethylacetamide, guanidinium, benzylaminoamine, and amine carbamide (preferably 1) Substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbinium, for example, amidoformamide | dimethylaminocarbazinyl, N,N-diethylaminocarbamoyl, anthranyl), alkane Oxycarbenylamine (preferably 2 to 30 substituted or substituted alkoxy) Carboguanamine group, for example, methoxycarbenylamine, etidamine, tert-butoxycarbenylamine, n-octadecyloxycarbazone N-methyl-methoxycarbenylamine An aryloxycarbaguanyl group (preferably ~30 substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbenylamino group, for example, amidino, p-chlorophenoxycarbenyl, m-octyloxy Phenoxy group, sulfonamide group (preferably substituted with carbon number 〇~30 or unsulphonylamino group, for example, amine sulfonamide, N,N-dimethylamino group: base , N-n-octylaminoamine sulfonylamino), alkyl or arylsulfonyloxy, carbon oxycarbomethoxy, substituted alkylamine, amine), substituted carbazide Base, month ~ 30 i ' Ν, Ν-tyrosine carbon, is an oxy-free carbon amine group, carbon number: oxy carbon: carbon amide [alternative amine: sulfonamide amine base (compared to 1378120 a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group, a 6 to 3 fluorene substituted or an unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group such as 'methylsulfonamide, butylsulfonate Amino 'phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino, p-methyl Alkylsulfonyl), a thiol group, an alkylthio group (preferably a substituted 1 to 30 or an unsubstituted alkylthio group such as methylthio, ethylthio, n-hexadecylthio), aromatic Sulfur-based (preferably 6 to 3 fluorene substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group such as phenylthio, p-chlorophenylthio, m-methoxyphenylthio), heterocyclic thio (preferably carbon) a 2 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group such as a '2-benzothiazolylthio group, a fluorenyl-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio group' amine thiol group (preferably carbon) Number of 0 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl ', such as N-ethylamine sulfonyl, n-(3-dodecyloxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-acetamide sulfonate Anthracenyl, N-benzamide sulfonyl sulfonyl, hydrazine (Ν, -phenylaminomethyl fluorenyl) sulfonyl), sulfonate 'alkyl or arylsulfinyl (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted carbon number of from 6 to 30, or an unsubstituted arylsulfinylene group, for example, methylsulfinyl, ethyl Sulfonyl, phenylsulfinyl, p-methylphenylsulfinyl), alkyl or arylsulfonyl Preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted carbon number of 6 to 30 or an unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, for example, a methylsulfonyl group or an ethyl group. Sulfhydryl, phenylsulfonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonyl), mercapto (preferably a mercapto group, a carbon number of 2 to 30 or an unsubstituted alkylcarbenyl group, for example, Ethylene, trimethylethenyl), aryloxycarbenyl (preferably substituted with 7 to 30 carbon atoms or unsubstituted aryloxycarbenyl, for example, phenoxycarbenyl) O-chlorophenoxycarbenyl 'm-nitrophenoxy 1378120 carbon fluorenyl, p-tert-butylphenoxycarbenyl), alkoxycarbenyl (preferably carbon 2 to 3G substitution) Or an unsubstituted alkoxycarbenyl group, for example, a methoxycarbon group, an ethoxycarbocarbyl group, a third butoxycarbon group, an n-octadecyloxycarbenyl group, an amine group A mercapto group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminomethyl group of 1 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, an aminomethyl fluorenyl group, an N-methyl thiol mercapto group, an N, N-dimethyl group Aminomethylmercapto 'N,N-di-n-octylaminomethylindenyl, N -(methylsulfonyl)aminocarbinyl), aryl or heterocyclic azo (preferably a carbon number 6 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted aryl azo, carbon number 3 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group, for example, phenylazo, p-chlorophenylazo, 5-ethylsulfonyl, 3,4. thiadiin-2-ylazo , an anilino group (preferably N-plyoximino, N-phthalimine), a phosphino group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30 or an unsubstituted phosphino group, For example, dimethylphosphino, diphenylphosphino, methylphenoxyphosphino), phosphinyl (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30 or an unsubstituted phosphinyl group such as 'phosphine oxide a group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group, a phosphinyloxy group (preferably a 2 to 30 substituent or an unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group, for example, a diphenyl group) Oxyoxyphosphinyloxy, dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy), phosphinylamino (preferably a carbon number 2 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group, for example, dimethyl Oxyphosphorylamino, dimethylaminophosphinylamino), decyl (preferably carbon) 3~30 of a substituted or unsubstituted silicon group 'e.g., alkyl trimethyl silicon' third silicon-butyldimethyl-alkyl, phenyl-alkyl dimethyl silicon). The substance having a hydrogen atom in the above substituent may be removed by the hydrogen atom, and may be substituted with the above-mentioned group. Examples of such functional groups include -32 - 1378120

A-1; RaH B-1; R=OCH3 c2h5o .〇ch3 A-6; R=H 〇〇h3 B-6;R=〇〇Hs ch3〇- A-2; RhH B-2: Re〇CH3A-1; RaH B-1; R=OCH3 c2h5o .〇ch3 A-6; R=H 〇〇h3 B-6; R=〇〇Hs ch3〇- A-2; RhH B-2: Re〇CH3

R H3CS '〇CH3 OR H3CS '〇CH3 O

R i!3-n:_R=ocHsR i!3-n:_R=ocHs

A-0; R=H A-9; R=HA-0; R=H A-9; R=H

OCH3 r 0 ΡΛ 1 )- 〇 c2h5,n 0CH3OCH3 r 0 ΡΛ 1 )- 〇 c2h5,n 0CH3

LrOJL〇CiH6 e:^:ScH3 ^〇-〇-i-N-〇-i-0C3H7LrOJL〇CiH6 e:^:ScH3 ^〇-〇-i-N-〇-i-0C3H7

CHj A-10;R=H R b-i〇;r=ooh3CHj A-10; R=H R b-i〇;r=ooh3

1378120 [化學式24]1378120 [Chemical Formula 24]

A-11; R=H B-11; R=OCH3 A-12; R=H B-12; R=OCH3A-11; R=H B-11; R=OCH3 A-12; R=H B-12; R=OCH3

A-13; R=H B-13; R=OCH3 A-14; R=H B-14; R=OCH3 A-15; R=H B-15; R=〇CH3A-13; R=H B-13; R=OCH3 A-14; R=H B-14; R=OCH3 A-15; R=H B-15; R=〇CH3

1378120 [化學式2 5 ]1378120 [Chemical Formula 2 5 ]

A-16; R=H B-16; R=OCH3 A^17; R=H 9-17;R=OCH3 A-18; R=H B-18; R=OCH3 A-19; R=H B-19; R=OOH3A-16; R=H B-16; R=OCH3 A^17; R=H 9-17; R=OCH3 A-18; R=H B-18; R=OCH3 A-19; R=H B -19; R=OOH3

A-20; R=H B^20; R=OCH3A-20; R=H B^20; R=OCH3

1378120 [化學式26]1378120 [Chemical Formula 26]

Α·22; R*H B-22; RsOCH^Α·22; R*H B-22; RsOCH^

A-23; RrH B-23; R=OCH3A-23; RrH B-23; R=OCH3

A-25; R=H B-25; R=OCH3 [化學式27]A-25; R=H B-25; R=OCH3 [Chemical Formula 27]

R RR R

-OCH,-OCH,

A-27; R=H B-27; R=OCH3A-27; R=H B-27; R=OCH3

-37 - 1378120 [化學式28]-37 - 1378120 [Chemical Formula 28]

Λ-34; R»H Β·34: R=OCH3 A-35; RsH B-35: R-OCH3 [化學式29]Λ-34; R»H Β·34: R=OCH3 A-35; RsH B-35: R-OCH3 [Chemical Formula 29]

-〇CHa Α·37:. R=H B-37; R=OCH3-〇CHa Α·37:. R=H B-37; R=OCH3

-38- 1378120 [化學式30]-38- 1378120 [Chemical Formula 30]

[化學式31][Chemical Formula 31]

厂 0 och3Factory 0 och3

(HaC)2N(HaC)2N

c4h9 c Η Α-4Θ; R=H 2 5 B-46; R^OCHa :H3 HjCO〇L〇_^0^q_〇i<>0i^.0^ och3 'och3 A-50; R=H B-50; R-〇CHa -39- 1378120 [化學式32] HaCO-^ >—ί -OCHj A-5V, R=H. B-5VR=〇CH3C4h9 c Η Α-4Θ; R=H 2 5 B-46; R^OCHa :H3 HjCO〇L〇_^0^q_〇i<>0i^.0^ och3 'och3 A-50; R= H B-50; R-〇CHa -39- 1378120 [Chemical Formula 32] HaCO-^ >-ί -OCHj A-5V, R=H. B-5VR=〇CH3

C0H13O C2H5-NC0H13O C2H5-N

OCgH-a A-52: RsH B-52; R=OCH3 /^C2Hs CzHj CF3 0OCgH-a A-52: RsH B-52; R=OCH3 /^C2Hs CzHj CF3 0

A-53; R=H 8:53; R=OCH3 [化學式33] CHaC\ pCHa 0A-53; R=H 8:53; R=OCH3 [Chemical Formula 33] CHaC\ pCHa 0

〇 C-1〇 C-1

CjHgO H3CO OCH3 C-3 CH,CjHgO H3CO OCH3 C-3 CH,

C-2 C-5C-2 C-5

厂0、h3co 0CH3CsH,3° ^o-^o-O-Q C-4Factory 0, h3co 0CH3CsH, 3° ^o-^o-O-Q C-4

〇CHa och3 h3co C-6 厂 ο och3 C2H^H^O-Q-i-0-^ 0CH3〇CHa och3 h3co C-6 Factory ο och3 C2H^H^O-Q-i-0-^ 0CH3

OCHa HjCO C-7 -40 - 1378120 [化學式34]OCHa HjCO C-7 -40 - 1378120 [Chemical Formula 34]

c6H13o /°0¾ H3co C-12 DC〇H^3 h3co [化學式35] c6h13- ch3 C-13 -C6Hy 0^0^ΝΗ_〇_α_Η_ί_〇_〇Χ〇_ι C-14c6H13o /°03⁄4 H3co C-12 DC〇H^3 h3co [Chemical Formula 35] c6h13-ch3 C-13 -C6Hy 0^0^ΝΗ_〇_α_Η_ί_〇_〇Χ〇_ι C-14

C4HeO o o ΟΟλΗ〇C4HeO o o ΟΟλΗ〇

Ο^ΟΟ,Η,Γ7 c6huoΟ^ΟΟ,Η,Γ7 c6huo

o 在本發明,特別是本發明第2實施態樣的纖維素衍生 物組成物,其特徵爲’含有纖維素衍生物作爲必要成分' -41- 1378120 且含有至少1種下述通式(ιυ所示之化合物。 接著,詳細說明通式(π)所示之化合物。 通式(π)o In the present invention, in particular, the cellulose derivative composition of the second embodiment of the present invention is characterized in that it contains a cellulose derivative as an essential component '-41 to 1378120 and contains at least one of the following formulas ( The compound shown is shown in detail. Next, the compound represented by the formula (π) will be described in detail.

R4 R5R4 R5

(式中R2、R4、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Rm、 R113表示各自獨立的氫原子或烷基,L"、L12係各自獨立 地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳香族 雜環基,Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基,?係表示3以 上的整數,η1個L12各自可以相同亦可以不同,ηι個Ar】 各自可以相同亦可以不同,但是,R 1 1 1、R 113係互相不同, R 1 13所示之烷基係不含有雜原子。) 通式(11)中’ R2、R4、R5與在通式(1)之其等同義,較 佳範圍亦相同。(wherein R2, R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; Rm and R113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and L" and L12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group; Ar1 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, Ar2 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, and the system represents an integer of 3 or more, and η1 each of L12 may be the same or different, and ηιAr may be used. The same may be different, but R 1 1 1 and R 113 are different from each other, and the alkyl group represented by R 1 13 does not contain a hetero atom.) In the formula (11), 'R2, R4, R5 and the formula ( 1) It is equivalent and the preferred range is the same.

Rl11、R113表示各自獨立的氫原子或烷基,R111、R丨丨3 係互相不同,Rl13所表示的烷基係不含有鹵素原子。在此, 雜原子係表示氫原子、碳原子以外的原子,可以舉出的有 ~ 、子氮原子、硫原子、磷、砂、齒素原子(F、Cl、Br、 ”、硼原子等。 R 11、R113所表示之烷基,係直鏈、分支或是環狀, 表示取1 N或未取代的烷基,較佳是取代或未取代之碳數1 〜3 〇的柃 J祝基、碳數3〜30之取代或未取代的環烷基、碳數 -42- 1378120 5〜30之取代或未取代的雙環烷基(亦即,從碳數5〜3〇之 雙環院屬煙去除一個氮原子而成之~價的基),進而可以舉 出的有環結構更多的參環結構等。 R111、R113所表不之院基,較佳例子可以舉出的有甲 基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁 基、正戊基、異戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、第三辛 基、2 -乙基己基、正壬基、1,1,3-三甲基己基 '正癸基、2· 己基癸基、環己基.、環庚基、2 -己烯基、油醯基、亞麻油 基、次亞麻油基等。又,環烷基可以舉出的有環己基、環 戊基、4-正十二基環己基、雙環烷有雙環[1,2,2]庚烷-2·基、 雙環[2,2,2]辛烷-3-基等。 R111以氫原子、甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基爲更佳, 以氫原子、甲基爲特佳,以甲基爲特佳。 R113特別是以含有2個以上碳原子之烷基爲佳,以含 有3個以上碳原子之烷基爲更佳,以具有分支或環狀結構 之物爲特別適合使用。 以下係R 1 13所示之烷基之具體例,但是本發明未受到 以下具體例之任何限定。又,以下的例子所示之烷基係以# 的部分連結氧原子。 -43 - 1378120 [化學式3 7 ] 10-,#-CHi 10.2 1 0 3 ί 1 0-4 0 /C3H^ ,C4He(n) 10·1 10-12 l〇.19 # ^-s^CHaCHjCHiCH^CHjClCHaJa CHICHJCHjCtCHa), ^3Η7(η) 1C-5 10.6 107 ΛΗμ(Π) 108 ch3 H3 10.9 1 0.13 1 0-14 CVH« ff -^S|^ceHi7 CiHuRl11 and R113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and R111 and R丨丨3 are different from each other, and the alkyl group represented by R13 contains no halogen atom. Here, the hetero atom system means a hydrogen atom or an atom other than a carbon atom, and examples thereof include a ~, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus, a sand, and a dentate atom (F, Cl, Br, ", a boron atom, and the like. The alkyl group represented by R 11 and R 113 is linear, branched or cyclic, and represents a 1 N or unsubstituted alkyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 3 Å. a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30, a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having a carbon number of -42 to 1378120 5 to 30 (that is, a double-ringed tobacco having a carbon number of 5 to 3 Å) A valence group having a nitrogen atom is removed, and a more ring structure having a ring structure, etc., which may be exemplified by R111 and R113, and a preferred example thereof may be a methyl group. Ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, trioctyl, 2 -ethylhexyl, n-decyl, 1,1,3-trimethylhexyl'-n-decyl, 2·hexyldecyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, 2-hexenyl, oleyl, linseed oil Base, sub-Asia Further, the cycloalkyl group may be a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, a bicycloalkane having a bicyclo[1,2,2]heptane-2yl group, a bicyclo[ 2,2,2]octane-3-yl, etc. R111 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group or an isopropyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is particularly preferred, and a methyl group is used. R113 is particularly preferably an alkyl group having two or more carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having three or more carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a compound having a branched or cyclic structure. Specific examples of the alkyl group shown by 1 to 13, but the present invention is not limited to the following specific examples. Further, the alkyl group shown in the following examples is an oxygen atom bonded to a moiety of #. -43 - 1378120 [Chemical Formula 3 7 ] 10-,#-CHi 10.2 1 0 3 ί 1 0-4 0 /C3H^ ,C4He(n) 10·1 10-12 l〇.19 # ^-s^CHaCHjCHiCH^CHjClCHaJa CHICHJCHjCtCHa), ^3Η7(η ) 1C-5 10.6 107 ΛΗμ(Π) 108 ch3 H3 10.9 1 0.13 1 0-14 CVH« ff -^S|^ceHi7 CiHu

10-17 10-18 ft (cicAruns mixture) 10-20 x^s.CH2CH3CH(CH3JCH:;CH2CHaw T CHiCHjCHjCHaCHiCHslCHjCHsCHa 10-10 通式(11)中,Ar】、Ar2係與通式(4)之其等同義,又, 較佳範圍亦相同。 通式(11)中,L 、L12係各自獨立地表示單鍵或是二價 的連結基。L11、L12可以相同亦可以不同。又,(Arl_L,2)n 所示的反覆單位中之L〗2,可以全部相同亦可以各自不同。 —價的連結基較佳是-0-、-nr-(r係表示氫原子或亦 可以具有取代基之烷基或芳基)、_co_、_S02_、_s_ '伸烷 基、取代伸烷基、伸烯基、取代伸烯基、伸炔基及組合2 個以上其等的二價基而得到的基,其中更佳是_0_、_NR_、 -CO-、-S〇2NR_、_NRS〇2_、_C0NR_ ' _NRc〇 c〇〇 及 -OCO-、伸炔基。在此R較佳是表示氫原子。 本發明所使用之通式(Π)所示之化合物,Arl係結合 LU及IJ2 ,其中Arl係苯基時,在-f 士丨·[12-及10-17 10-18 ft (cicAruns mixture) 10-20 x^s.CH2CH3CH(CH3JCH:;CH2CHaw T CHiCHjCHjCHaCHiCHslCHjCHsCHa 10-10 In the general formula (11), Ar], Ar2 system and the general formula (4) Synonymously, the preferred range is also the same. In the formula (11), L and L12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. L11 and L12 may be the same or different. Further, (Arl_L, 2 The L 2 in the repeating unit shown by n may be the same or different. The linking group of the valence is preferably -0-, -nr- (r is a hydrogen atom or an alkane which may have a substituent) a group derived from a aryl group, a _co_, a _S02_, a _s_ 'alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a combination of two or more divalent groups thereof, wherein More preferably, it is _0_, _NR_, -CO-, -S〇2NR_, _NRS〇2_, _C0NR_' _NRc〇c〇〇 and -OCO-, an alkynyl group. Here, R preferably represents a hydrogen atom. The compound represented by the formula (Π) is used, and the Arl is bonded to LU and IJ2, wherein when Arl is a phenyl group, the -f 士丨·[12- and

-44 - 1378120 -Ι^-Αγ1』12-,L11或L12互相以具有對位(1,4-位置)的關係 爲最佳。 通式(11)中,η1係表示3以上的整數’以3〜7爲佳, 以3〜6爲更佳。通式(1 1 )所表示的化合物因爲η 1係3以 上,(_八"-1^2·)所表示的部分較長,與具有同樣結構之先 前的化合物比較’在纖維素衍生物薄膜’具有更高的遲滯 値顯現能力。又’因爲R 1 1 1與R 1 13不同,能夠同時具有高 遲滯値顯現能力及在纖維素衍生物組合物中之高溶解性。 通式(1 1)所示之化合物’以下述通式(12)或(13)所示化 合物爲更佳。 接著,說明本發明第2實施態樣所使用之通式(1 2)所 示化合物。 通式(12) [化學式38] 'R2 OR111-44 - 1378120 - Ι^-Αγ1』12-, L11 or L12 is optimal for mutual relationship (1,4-position). In the formula (11), η1 represents an integer of 3 or more, preferably 3 to 7, more preferably 3 to 6. The compound represented by the formula (1 1 ) is longer than the η 1 system 3 or more, and the moiety represented by (_8 "-1^2·) is longer than the previous compound having the same structure. The film 'has a higher hysteresis 値 ability to appear. Further, since R 1 1 1 and R 1 13 are different, it is possible to simultaneously have high hysteresis 値 developability and high solubility in the cellulose derivative composition. The compound represented by the formula (1 1) is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (12) or (13). Next, the compound of the formula (1 2) used in the second embodiment of the present invention will be described. Formula (12) [Chemical Formula 38] 'R2 OR111

(式中 R2、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Riu、 R113表示各自獨立的氫原子或烷基,L11、L12係各自獨立 地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳香族 雜環基,Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基,η1係表示3以 上的整數,η1個L12各自可以相同亦可以不同,ηι個Ar1 各自可以相同亦可以不同,但是,R 1 1 1、R 1 13係互相不同, R113所示之烷基係不含有雜原子。) -45 - 1378120 通式(12)中 ’ R2、R5' R111、R113、Lu' L 口、Ar1、Ar2 及n1係與在通式(Π)之其等同義,較佳範圍亦相同。 通式(13) [化學式39](wherein R2 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and Riu and R113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and L11 and L12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group, and the Ar1 system It is an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, Ar2 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, η1 represents an integer of 3 or more, and η1 L12 may be the same or different, and ηιAr1 may be the same or different. However, R 1 1 1 and R 1 13 are different from each other, and the alkyl group represented by R113 does not contain a hetero atom.) -45 - 1378120 In the formula (12), 'R2, R5' R111, R113, Lu' L The mouth, Ar1, Ar2 and n1 are equivalent to the general formula (Π), and the preferred range is also the same. General formula (13) [Chemical Formula 39]

(式中R2、R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,Ri η、 R113、R114表示各自獨立的氫原子或烷基,Ln、L12係各自 獨立地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳 香族雜環基,Ar2係表示芳基或芳香族雜環基,ηι係表示3 以上的整數,η1個L12各自可以相同亦可以不同,,個Ar1 各自可以相同亦可以不同,但是,R u 1、R 1 1 3係互相不同, R113所示之烷基係不含有雜原子。) 通式(13)中,R2、R5、R111、Rn3、L11' L12、Ar1、Ar2 及η1係與在通式(11)之其等同義,較佳範圍亦相同。 通式(13)中,R114係表示氫原子或烷基,烷基以使用 R111、R113之較佳例子所示之烷基爲佳。又,以氫原子或 是碳數1〜3的烷基爲較佳,以甲基爲更佳。R111及R114 可以相同亦可以不同,其中以同時爲甲基爲特佳。 通式(11)所示之化合物以下述通式(14-Α)或(14-Β)所 示化合物爲更佳。 通式(14-Α) [化學式40] -46 - 1378120(wherein R2 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and Ri η, R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and Ln and L12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Ar1 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, Ar2 represents an aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, ηι means an integer of 3 or more, and η1 L12 may be the same or different, and each of Ar1 may be the same. R u 1 and R 1 1 3 are different from each other, and the alkyl group represented by R113 does not contain a hetero atom.) In the formula (13), R2, R5, R111, Rn3, L11' L12, Ar1, Ar2 and η1 are equivalent to the general formula (11), and the preferred ranges are also the same. In the formula (13), R114 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and an alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group represented by a preferred example of R111 or R113. Further, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferred, and a methyl group is more preferred. R111 and R114 may be the same or different, and it is particularly preferable to be a methyl group at the same time. The compound represented by the formula (11) is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula (14-Α) or (14-Β). General formula (14-Α) [Chemical Formula 40] -46 - 1378120

(式中r2、r係各自獨立地表示氣原子或取代基,rU1、 R113表不各自獨立的氫原子或院基,Ln.L12係各自獨立 地表示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳香族 雜環基’ η1係表示3以上的整數,η1個l12各自可以相同 亦可以不同’〆個A J各自可以相同亦可以不同,但是, Rin'R113係互相不同,R113所示之烷基係不含有雜原子。) 通式(14-A)中,R2、Rs、rhi、rII3、Ll|、["、A〆 及nl係與在通式(11)之其等同義,較佳範圍亦相同。 通式(14-B) [化學式4 1 ](wherein r2 and r each independently represent a gas atom or a substituent, and rU1 and R113 represent independent hydrogen atoms or a substituent, and Ln.L12 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Ar1 The aryl group or the aromatic heterocyclic group 'n1 is an integer of 3 or more, and the η1 and l12 may be the same or different. 'A AJ may be the same or different, but Rin'R113 is different from each other, R113 The alkyl group shown does not contain a hetero atom.) In the formula (14-A), R2, Rs, rhi, rII3, Ll|, [", A〆 and nl are in the formula (11) Equivalent, the preferred range is also the same. Formula (14-B) [Chemical Formula 4 1 ]

R1110 R2R1110 R2

(式中 R2 R1(where R2 R1

、R R5係各自獨立地表示氫原子或取代基,R111、 袠示各自獨立的氫原子或烷基,L11、L12係各自 獨立地类— 费示單鍵或是二價的連結基,Ar1係表示伸芳基或芳 香族雜璃> 相同亦可以 ^ _ 孩基’ η丨係表示3以上的整數’ η1個L丨丨各自可以 不同,η1個Ar1各自可以相同亦可以不同,但 ' R1 1 3係互相不同,R 1 13所示之烷基係不含有雜 -47 - 1378120 通式(14-B)中,RW、丨、R"3、R 丨,4、π、lu、 Ar»及n1係與在通式(11)或(13)之其等同義’較佳範圍亦相 同。 通式(14-A)所示化合物,較佳之物可以舉出的有 R1 11係甲基’ R2、R5任一者都是氫原子’ R113係含有3個以上碳原子之院基’ L^1 係表示單鍵、-0-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR·、-NRCO-、 -COO-、及-OCO-、伸炔基(R係表示氫原子、可以具有取代 基之烷基、芳基’以氫原子爲佳)’ L12係表示單鍵、-〇-或-NR- (R係表示氫原子、可以具有取 代基之烷基、芳基’以氫原子爲佳)’R R 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, R 111 and 袠 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and L 11 and L 12 are each independently — a single bond or a divalent linking group, and an Ar 1 system. It means that the aryl group or the aromatic glass> can be the same as ^ _ baby base η 丨 indicates an integer of 3 or more ' η 1 L 丨丨 can be different, η 1 Ar1 can be the same or different, but ' R1 1 3 is different from each other, and the alkyl group represented by R 1 13 does not contain hetero-47 - 1378120. In the formula (14-B), RW, 丨, R" 3, R 丨, 4, π, lu, Ar» And the n1 system is the same as the preferred range of the formula (11) or (13). Preferred examples of the compound of the formula (14-A) include R1 11-form methyl 'R2 and R5, all of which are hydrogen atoms'. R113 is a hospital base containing three or more carbon atoms. 1 represents a single bond, -0-, -CO-, -NR-, -CONR·, -NRCO-, -COO-, and -OCO-, an alkynyl group (R represents a hydrogen atom and may have a substituent The alkyl group and the aryl group are preferably a hydrogen atom. ' L12 represents a single bond, -〇- or -NR- (R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group is preferably a hydrogen atom) '

Ar1係伸芳基, η係3以上6以下之物。 通式(14-Β)所示化合物,較佳之物可以舉出有 R111、R114任一者都是甲基, R2' R5任一者都是氫原子’ R 113係含有3個以上碳原子之烷基, L11 係表示單鍵、_〇·、_co_、.NR_、-CONR-、 -COO-、及-OC Ο-、伸炔基(R係表示氫原子、可以具有取代 基之院基、芳基’以氫原子爲佳), L12係表示單鍵、或-NR- (R係表示氫原子、可以具有取 代基之烷基、芳基’以氫原子爲佳),Ar1 is an aryl group, and η is 3 or more and 6 or less. The compound represented by the formula (14-Β) is preferably a compound in which all of R111 and R114 are a methyl group, and any of R2' R5 is a hydrogen atom. R 113 contains three or more carbon atoms. Alkyl, L11 represents a single bond, _〇·, _co_, .NR_, -CONR-, -COO-, and -OC Ο-, an alkynyl group (R represents a hydrogen atom, a substituent group which may have a substituent, The aryl group is preferably a hydrogen atom, and L12 represents a single bond or -NR- (wherein R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl group is preferably a hydrogen atom).

Ar1係伸芳基’Ar1 is an aryl group

-48 - 1378120 η係3以上6以下之物。 以下係通式(11)〜(13)或通式(14-Α)或(14-Β)所示化合 物之具體例,但是本發明未受到以下具體例之任何限定。 [化學式42]-48 - 1378120 η is 3 or more and 6 or less. Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (11) to (13) or the formula (14-fluorene) or (14-fluorene) are as follows, but the present invention is not limited to the following specific examples. [Chemical Formula 42]

1 A-1:R=H 1 B-1; R=OCH3 1 A-2; R=H 1 B*Z R=OCH31 A-1: R = H 1 B-1; R = OCH3 1 A-2; R = H 1 B * Z R = OCH3

H,COH, CO

〇CfiHv 1 A-3; R=H 1 B-3: R=0CH3 OCH. 〇2Hs O C々Hg〇CfiHv 1 A-3; R=H 1 B-3: R=0CH3 OCH. 〇2Hs O C々Hg

、cy.is 1 A-Λ; R=H 1 B-4; R=OCH:, cy.is 1 A-Λ; R=H 1 B-4; R=OCH:

H3CO 、och3 r 1 Λ-5; R=H 1 B-5; R=OCH3H3CO, och3 r 1 Λ-5; R=H 1 B-5; R=OCH3

-49 - 1378120 [化學式43]-49 - 1378120 [Chemical Formula 43]

1 A.S; FUH 1 B-G; R=OCH3 1 Α·7; RrH 1 B-7; R=OCH^ 1 A-8; RrH 1 B-8: R=OCH31 A.S; FUH 1 B-G; R=OCH3 1 Α·7; RrH 1 B-7; R=OCH^ 1 A-8; RrH 1 B-8: R=OCH3

1A.9:FUH 1 B-9; R=CX:H3 1 A-10; RnH 1 B-10; R=OCH3 [化學式44]1A.9: FUH 1 B-9; R=CX: H3 1 A-10; RnH 1 B-10; R=OCH3 [Chemical Formula 44]

1 A-11: 1 B-11; R=OCH3 1 A*13; R=H 1B-13: R=OCH3 1 Α·1 七 R=H 1 Β-Ί4; R^OCHj 1 A.12; R=H 1B-12; R=OCH31 A-11: 1 B-11; R=OCH3 1 A*13; R=H 1B-13: R=OCH3 1 Α·1 VII R=H 1 Β-Ί4; R^OCHj 1 A.12; R =H 1B-12; R=OCH3

1 A-15: R=H 1 B-15; R=OCH-j1 A-15: R=H 1 B-15; R=OCH-j

-50 - 1378120 [化學式45]-50 - 1378120 [Chemical Formula 45]

1 A-19: R=H 1 B-19; R=〇CH31 A-19: R=H 1 B-19; R=〇CH3

[化學式46][Chemical Formula 46]

1 A-21; R^H 1 B-21; R=OCH3 HjCO1 A-21; R^H 1 B-21; R=OCH3 HjCO

V. CHa CHa R 〇Cf,Hn(i) 1Λ-22; R=H 1 B-22; R=0CH3V. CHa CHa R 〇Cf,Hn(i) 1Λ-22; R=H 1 B-22; R=0CH3

1A-24; R=H 1E3-24;R=0CH3 1 A-25; R=H 1 B-2G; R=OCHJ -51- 13781201A-24; R=H 1E3-24; R=0CH3 1 A-25; R=H 1 B-2G; R=OCHJ -51- 1378120

[化學式47][Chemical Formula 47]

1 A-30; R=H 1 B-30; R=OCH3 H3C〇 ch3 Ο V—^ /—( 1A-31;R=H 〇 CH3 10-31: R=OCH3 [化學式48] och3 C^He R fcHa ΟΟθΗ,3(η) 1A-32; R=H 1 B.32: R=〇CH31 A-30; R=H 1 B-30; R=OCH3 H3C〇ch3 Ο V—^ /—( 1A-31; R=H 〇CH3 10-31: R=OCH3 [Chemical Formula 48] och3 C^He R fcHa ΟΟθΗ,3(η) 1A-32; R=H 1 B.32: R=〇CH3

1 A-33; R«H 1 B-33; R=OCH31 A-33; R«H 1 B-33; R=OCH3

1 A-34;R=H 1 B-34; R=〇CH3 1A-35;R=H 1B-35;R=0CH31 A-34; R=H 1 B-34; R=〇CH3 1A-35; R=H 1B-35; R=0CH3

-52- 1378120-52- 1378120

[化學式49][Chemical Formula 49]

本發明所使用之通式〃(ι)或通式(1 υ所示之化合物,首 先,在合成取代安ϋ酸後,該取代安息香酸與苯酚衍生 物或是苯胺衍生物能夠藉由通常的酯化反應或是醯_胺化反 應來合成,形成酯鍵^、醯胺鍵反應時,可以使用任意的反 應。例如,可以舉出的有使取代安息香酸進行官能基轉換 成酸鹵化物後,與苯酚衍生物或是苯胺衍生物進行縮合的 方法、有使用縮合或是觸媒,使取代安息香酸與苯酚衍 生物或是苯胺衍生物進行脫水縮合之方法。 考慮製程時,以使取代安息香酸進行官能基轉換成酸 鹵化物後,與苯酚衍生物或是苯胺衍生物進行縮合的方法 爲佳。 反應溶劑可以用烴系溶劑(可以舉出的,以甲苯、二甲 苯爲佳。)、醚系溶劑(可以舉出的’以二甲基醚、四氫呋 -53- 1378120 喃、二nf烷等爲佳)、酮系溶劑 '酯系溶劑 '乙腈、二甲基 甲醯胺 '二甲基乙醯胺等。此等溶劑可以單獨或混合數種 使用,反應溶劑以甲苯、乙腈、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙 醯胺爲佳。 反應溫度以0〜1 5 0 °C爲佳’以0〜1 0 0 °C爲較佳,以0 〜90 t爲更佳,以20〜90 °C爲特佳。 本反應以未使用鹼爲佳,使用鹼時有機鹼、無機鹼任 . 一者都可以,以有機鹼爲佳,有吡啶 '三級烷基胺(可以舉 ® 出的,以三乙基胺、乙基二異丙基胺等爲佳)。 通式(5)所示化合物’可以使用眾所周知的方法合成, 例如n = 4之化合物時,使具有下述結構: [化學式50]The compound of the formula ι(1) or the formula (1 υ) used in the present invention, firstly, after the synthesis of the substituted amic acid, the substituted benzoic acid and the phenol derivative or the aniline derivative can be used by the usual The esterification reaction may be carried out by a hydrazine-amination reaction to form an ester bond or a guanamine bond reaction, and any reaction may be used. For example, after the conversion of the functional group to the acid halide by the substituted benzoic acid is exemplified. a method of condensing with a phenol derivative or an aniline derivative, or a method of dehydrating and condensing a substituted benzoic acid with a phenol derivative or an aniline derivative by using condensation or a catalyst. Considering a process to replace the benzoin A method of condensing a functional group with an acid halide and converting it with a phenol derivative or an aniline derivative is preferred. The reaction solvent may be a hydrocarbon solvent (it is preferably toluene or xylene). An ether solvent (which may be exemplified by dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofur-53-1378120 mer, di nn alkane, etc.), ketone solvent 'ester solvent' acetonitrile, dimethylformamide' A Ethyl acetamide, etc. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of several, and the reaction solvent is preferably toluene, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide or dimethylacetamide. The reaction temperature is 0 to 150 °C. Preferably, it is preferably 0 to 100 ° C, more preferably 0 to 90 t, and particularly preferably 20 to 90 ° C. The reaction is preferably an alkali which is not used, and an alkali or inorganic is used when a base is used. Alkali. Any one of them may be an organic base, and there is a pyridine 'trialkylamine (which may be preferably triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine). 5) The compound ' can be synthesized by a well-known method, for example, a compound of n = 4, having the following structure: [Chemical Formula 50]

φ (式中,A係羥基,表示鹵素原子等反應性基,r21'R22、 R43、R24、及R25係與前述相同。) 之原料化合物,與具有羥基、胺基等反應性部位的衍 生物產生反應而得到之中間體: [化學式5 1]φ (wherein A-based hydroxyl group represents a reactive group such as a halogen atom, and r21'R22, R43, R24, and R25 are the same as described above), and a raw material compound having a reactive moiety such as a hydroxyl group or an amine group An intermediate obtained by the reaction: [Chemical Formula 5 1]

-54- 1378120 (式中,A,係表示羧基等之反應性基,R2i ' R22、R43、R24、 及R25、Ar1 '及L1係與前述相同。) 藉由使2分子上述中間體連結1分子 [化學式52] B—Αι^-ί2—Ar2—B1 (式中,B及B’係表示羥基、胺基等之反應性基,Ar2及 L2係與前述Ar1、L1同義。) 而得到。但是,在本發明,特別是本發明之第1實施 態樣所使用化合物的合成法,未受到此例子的限定。 通式(14-A)或(14-B)所示的化合物,可以藉由眾所周知 的方法合成’例如η、4之化合物時,使具有下述結構· [化學式53] R2 OR111-54- 1378120 (In the formula, A represents a reactive group such as a carboxyl group, and R2i 'R22, R43, R24, and R25, Ar1' and L1 are the same as described above.) By linking two molecules of the above intermediates 1 Molecular Formula [Chemical Formula 52] B—Αι^-ί2-Ar2-B1 (wherein, B and B' represent a reactive group such as a hydroxyl group or an amine group, and Ar2 and L2 are synonymous with the above Ar1 and L1). However, the synthesis method of the compound used in the present invention, particularly the first embodiment of the present invention, is not limited by this example. The compound represented by the formula (14-A) or (14-B) can be synthesized by a known method. For example, when a compound of η or 4 is obtained, the following structure is obtained. [Chemical Formula 53] R2 OR111

(式中’A係羥基’表示鹵素原子等反應性基,' K R113、及R5係與前述相同,R2M係氫原子或前述_〇RlM所 示取代基。) 之原料化合物,與具有羥基、胺基等反應性部位的衍 生物產生反應而得到之中間體: [化學式54](In the formula, 'A-based hydroxyl group' means a reactive group such as a halogen atom, and 'K R113 and R5 are the same as defined above, and the R2M-based hydrogen atom or the substituent represented by the above-mentioned 〇R1M) has a hydroxyl group, An intermediate obtained by reacting a derivative of a reactive moiety such as an amine group: [Chemical Formula 54]

-55 - 1378120-55 - 1378120

(式中,A’係表示羧基等之反應性基,R丨丨丨、r2' r1,3、 r 2 0 4、R5、Ar 、及L係與前述相同。) 藉由使2分子上述中間體連結1分子 [化學式55]. B—Ar2_L12—Ar2—B’ (式中’ B及B係表不羥基、胺基等之反應性基,A—及 L2係與前述Ar1、L1同義。) 而得到。但是,在本發明,特別是本發明之第2實施 態樣所使用化合物的合成法,未受到此例子的限定。 在本發明的纖維素衍生物組成物,通式(1)〜(5)、 (4-A)、(4-B)、(5-.A)、(5-B)、(11)〜(13)、(14-A)或是(14 B) 中任一者所示化合物的含量,相對於纖維素衍生物以〇」 〜20質量爲佳,以0·5〜16質量%爲較佳,以!〜12質量 %爲更佳,以1〜8質量%爲特佳。 前述通式(1)〜(5)、(4-Α)' (4-Β)、(5-Α)、(5-Β)、(11) 〜(13)、(14-Α)或是(14·Β)中任一者所示化合物,可以使用 作爲光學薄膜用遲滯値控制劑,特別適合使用作爲經由延 伸來得到具有優良的Re顯現性之遲滯値控制劑。前述通式 (1)〜(5)、(4-Α)、(4-B)、(5-A)、(5-B)、(11)〜(13)、(14-A) 或是(1 4-B)中任一者所示化合物,特別是作爲纖維衍生物 1378120 薄膜用遲滯値控制劑係有用的。以下,詳述含有此等化合 物之薄膜的製造方法等。 [織維素衍生物組成物] 本發明之纖維素衍生物組成物係含有至少1種選自上 述通式(1)〜(5)、(4-A)、(4-B)、(5-A)、(5-B)、(11)〜(13)、 (1 4 - A)或是(1 4 - B )中任一者所示化合物之組成物。在本發 明’ 「纖維素衍生物」係指以纖維素化合物及纖維素作爲 原料’導入生物性或化學性官能基所得到含有具有纖維素 骨架的化合物之物。含有纖維素骨架的化合物以纖維素酯 爲佳,以醯化纖維素(可以舉出的有三乙酸纖維素' 乙酸丙 酸纖維素等)。又,在本發明亦可以混合使用不同的2種類 以上的纖維素衍生物。 以下’以使用醯化纖維素作爲纖維素衍生物時作爲代 表例子,來說明本發明。 纖維素衍生物之中’較佳之醯化纖維素可以舉出的有 以下原料。亦即,醯化纖維素之纖維素的羥基的取代度係 符合下述(I)〜(III)的全部。 (I) 1.0^ S A + SB ^3.0 (II) 0.5 ^ S A ^ 3.0 (III) 0 ^ SB ^ 1.5 在此’式中SA及SB係表示取代纖維素的羥基之醯基 的取代度,SA係乙醯基的取代度,又,SB係碳原子數3 ~ 2 2之醯基的取代度。結合於纖維素結構的沒_〗,4位置之 葡萄糖單位,在第2' 3及6位置具有游離的羥基。醯化纖 -57- 1378120 彳系it由醯基酯化該等羥基的一部分或全部而成的聚合 物。醯基取代度係意指第2、3及6位置各個,纖維素酯化 @ it 1 〇0%酯化時取代度爲1)。本發明所使用的醯化纖 維素,經基之SA與SB取代度的總和以1.50〜2.96爲更 佳’以2.00〜2.95爲特佳。又,SB的取代度以0〜1.5爲 佳’以0〜]·〇爲特佳。而且,SB以其28%以上係第6位 置羥基的取代基部分爲佳,以3 0%以上係第6位置羥基的 取代基爲較佳,以3 5 %以上係第6位置羥基的取代基爲更 佳’以40%以上係第6位置羥基的取代基爲特佳。而且, 亦可以使用醯化纖維素,該醯化纖維素的第6位置之SA 與S B取代度的總和以.0 · 8以上爲佳,以0.8 5以上爲更佳, 以0.9以上爲特佳。 在本發明,表示醯化纖維素的上述SB之碳數3〜22 . v 的醯基,可以是脂肪族醯基亦可以是芳香族醯基,沒有特 別限定。其等係例如纖維素的烷基碳醯酯、烯基碳醯酯或 是芳香族碳醯酯、芳香族烷基碳醯酯等醯基,亦可以各自 更具有取代基。表示此等較佳的SB之取代基’可以舉出的 有丙醯基'丁醯基、庚酿基、己醯基、辛醯基、癸醯基' 十二醯基、十三醯基 '十四醯基、十六醯基、十八醯基、 異丁醯基、三甲基乙醯基、環己烷碳醯基、油醯基、苯甲 醯基、萘基碳醯基、肉桂醯基等。此等之中,可以舉出的 有丙醯基、丁醯基、十二醯基、十八醯基、三甲基乙醯基、 油醯基 '苯甲醯基、萘基碳醯基、肉桂醯基等。 醯化纖維的合成方法之基本原理,係記載在右田他著(In the formula, A' represents a reactive group such as a carboxyl group, and R丨丨丨, r2' r1, 3, r 2 0 4, R5, Ar, and L are the same as described above.) By making 2 molecules in the middle One molecule is attached [Chemical Formula 55]. B—Ar2_L12—Ar2—B′ (In the formula, “B and B are reactive groups such as a hydroxyl group or an amine group, and A— and L2 are synonymous with Ar1 and L1 described above.) And get it. However, the synthesis method of the compound used in the present invention, particularly the second embodiment of the present invention, is not limited by this example. In the cellulose derivative composition of the present invention, the general formulae (1) to (5), (4-A), (4-B), (5-.A), (5-B), (11)~ The content of the compound represented by any one of (13), (14-A) or (14B) is preferably from 〇" to 20% by mass based on the cellulose derivative, and is from 0.5 to 16% by mass. Good, to! ~12% by mass is more preferred, and 1 to 8% by mass is particularly preferred. The above general formulae (1) to (5), (4-Α)' (4-Β), (5-Α), (5-Β), (11) to (13), (14-Α) or The compound represented by any one of (14) can be used as a hysteresis oxime controlling agent for an optical film, and is particularly preferably used as a hysteresis controlling agent having excellent Re reproducibility by stretching. The above general formulae (1) to (5), (4-Α), (4-B), (5-A), (5-B), (11) to (13), (14-A) or The compound represented by any one of (1 4-B) is particularly useful as a hysteresis oxime controlling agent for the fiber derivative 1378120 film. Hereinafter, a method for producing a film containing these compounds and the like will be described in detail. [Weaving Vitamin Derivative Composition] The cellulose derivative composition of the present invention contains at least one kind selected from the above formulas (1) to (5), (4-A), (4-B), (5). A composition of a compound represented by any one of -A), (5-B), (11) to (13), (1 4 - A) or (1 4 - B). In the present invention, "cellulose derivative" means a compound containing a cellulose skeleton obtained by introducing a biological or chemical functional group using a cellulose compound and cellulose as a raw material. The cellulose skeleton-containing compound is preferably a cellulose ester, and the cellulose is deuterated (the cellulose triacetate cellulose acetate propionate or the like is exemplified). Further, in the present invention, two or more types of cellulose derivatives may be used in combination. Hereinafter, the present invention will be described by using a deuterated cellulose as a cellulose derivative as a representative example. Among the cellulose derivatives, preferred deuterated celluloses include the following materials. That is, the degree of substitution of the hydroxyl group of the cellulose of the deuterated cellulose is in accordance with all of the following (I) to (III). (I) 1.0^ SA + SB ^3.0 (II) 0.5 ^ SA ^ 3.0 (III) 0 ^ SB ^ 1.5 In this formula, SA and SB represent the degree of substitution of the thiol group of the substituted hydroxyl group of the cellulose, SA system The degree of substitution of the thiol group, and the degree of substitution of the sulfhydryl group of the SB-based carbon number of 3 to 2 2 . In combination with the cellulose structure, the glucose unit at the 4 position has a free hydroxyl group at the 2' 3 and 6 positions.醯Chemical Fiber -57- 1378120 A polymer obtained by esterifying a part or all of these hydroxyl groups with a mercapto group. The thiol substitution degree means that each of the 2, 3 and 6 positions, cellulose esterification @ it 1 〇 0% esterification has a degree of substitution of 1). The deuterated cellulose used in the present invention preferably has a degree of substitution of SA and SB of the base of from 1.50 to 2.96, more preferably from 2.00 to 2.95. Further, the degree of substitution of SB is preferably 0 to 1.5, and is preferably 0 to 〇. Further, SB is preferably a substituent portion in which 28% or more is a hydroxyl group at the 6th position, more preferably 30% or more is a substituent at the 6th position hydroxyl group, and 35% or more is a substituent at the 6th position hydroxyl group. It is particularly preferable that the substituent of the hydroxyl group at the 6th position is 40% or more. Further, it is also possible to use deuterated cellulose, and the sum of the SA and SB substitution degrees at the sixth position of the deuterated cellulose is preferably 0.80 or more, more preferably 0.85 or more, and particularly preferably 0.9 or more. . In the present invention, the thiol group having a carbon number of 3 to 22 v in the SB of the deuterated cellulose may be an aliphatic fluorenyl group or an aromatic fluorenyl group, and is not particularly limited. These may be, for example, a cellulose alkyl decyl ester, an alkenyl carbon decyl ester or an fluorenyl group such as an aromatic carbon oxime ester or an aromatic alkyl carbon oxime ester, and may each have a substituent. The substituents indicating such preferred SBs may be exemplified by a propyl group, a butyl group, a heptyl group, a hexyl group, a octyl group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, and a thirteenth fluorenyl group. , hexadecanyl, octadecyl, isobutyl fluorenyl, trimethylethenyl, cyclohexanecarbenyl, anthracenyl, benzamyl, naphthylcarbenyl, cinnamyl, and the like. Among these, there may be mentioned a fluorenyl group, a butyl fluorenyl group, a decyl fluorenyl group, an octadecyl group, a trimethyl ethenyl group, an oil fluorenyl group, a benzhydryl group, a naphthyl carbon fluorenyl group, and a cinnamon hydrazine group. Base. The basic principle of the synthesis method of bismuth fiber is recorded in the right field.

-58 - 1378120 「木材化學j ,第180〜190頁(共立出版' 1968年)。代表 性的合成方法係藉由羧酸酐-乙酸-硫酸觸媒法。具體上, 係以適當量的乙酸前處理棉絨或木漿等纖維素原料後,投 入預先冷卻的羧酸酐混合液中進行酯化’來合成完全醯化 纖維素(第2、3及6位置的醯取代度合計約3.00)。上述羧 酸化混合液通常含有作爲溶劑之乙酸、作爲酯化劑之羧酸 酐、及作爲觸媒之硫酸。 通常,羧酸酐係使用比與其反應的纖維素及系統內所 存在的水分的合計之化學理論量更大的過剩量。在醯化反 應完成後,爲了使系統內剩餘之過剩的酸酐加水分解及爲 了中和酯化觸媒的一部分,添加中和劑(例如鈣、鎂、鐵、 鋁或是鋅的碳酸鹽、乙酸鹽或是氧化物)的水溶液。接著, 在少量醯化反應觸媒的(通常係殘餘的硫酸)的存在下,將 所得到的完全醯化纖維素保存在50〜90 °C,進行皂化熟 成,使其變化至成爲具有希望醯化度及聚合度之醯化纖維 素爲止。在得到希望的醯化纖維素時點,使用前述中和劑 將系統內殘餘的觸媒完全地中和,或是不進行中和而將醯 化纖維素溶液投入水或稀硫酸中(或是將水或稀硫酸投入 醯化纖維素溶液中而使醯化纖維素分離,藉由洗滌及安定 化處理得到醯化纖維素。 本發明所使用較佳醯化纖維素之聚合度,黏度平均聚 合度爲2 00〜700,以250〜550爲佳,以250〜400爲更佳, 黏度平均聚合度以250〜350爲特佳。平均聚合度可以依據 宇田等的極限黏度法(宇田和夫、齊藤秀夫著,「纖維學會 -59- 1378120 刊j ’第16卷,第1期,第105〜120頁,1962年)測定。 而且在特開平9-95538號公報有詳細記載。 去除低分子成分時,因爲平均分子量(聚合度)變高但 是黏度比通常的醯化纖維素更低,乃是有用的。低分子量 較少的醯化纖維素,可以藉由從通常方法所合成得到的醯 化纖維素,去除低分子成分而得到。去除低分子成分,可 以藉由使用適當的有機溶劑洗滌來實施。 又,製造低分子成分較少的醯化纖維素時,較佳是將 醯化反應時之硫酸觸媒量,相對於每100質量份纖維素, 調整爲0.5〜25質量份。使硫酸觸媒量在上述範圍時,能 夠合成就分子量分布而言亦較佳(分子量分布平均)的醯化 纖維素。本發明所使用的醯化纖維素的含水率以2質量% 以下爲佳,以1質量%以下爲更佳,以0.7質量%以下爲特 佳。通常的醯化纖維素含有水,已知其含水率爲2.5〜5質 量%。在本發明,爲了得到含水率較小的醯化纖維素,若 能夠使醯化纖維素乾燥即可,若其方法能夠達到目標含水 率(例如2質量%以下)時,沒有特別的限定。 本發明能夠使用的此等醯化纖維素,其原料棉或合成 方法在發明協會公開技報(公技號碼200 1 - 1 745、200 1年3 月1 5日發行、發明協會)之第7〜1 2頁有詳細的記載。 在本發明的纖維素衍生物組成物之纖維素衍生物的含 量,相對於固體成分總量’可以是5 5質量%以上’以7 〇 質量%以上爲佳,以8 0質量%以上爲更佳。調製本發明的 纖維素衍生物組成物作爲製造薄膜的原料時,以使用醯化-58 - 1378120 "Wood Chemistry, pp. 180-190 (Kyoritsu Publishing, '1968). Representative synthetic methods are by carboxylic anhydride-acetic acid-sulfuric acid catalyst. Specifically, before an appropriate amount of acetic acid After treating a cellulose raw material such as cotton linters or wood pulp, it is subjected to esterification in a pre-cooled carboxylic anhydride mixture to synthesize fully deuterated cellulose (the total degree of substitution at the 2nd, 3rd, and 6th positions is about 3.00). The carboxylation mixture usually contains acetic acid as a solvent, a carboxylic anhydride as an esterifying agent, and sulfuric acid as a catalyst. In general, a carboxylic acid anhydride uses a chemical theory that is greater than the total amount of cellulose present in the system and the moisture present in the system. a larger amount of excess. After the completion of the deuteration reaction, in order to hydrolyze the excess anhydride remaining in the system and to neutralize a part of the esterification catalyst, a neutralizing agent (such as calcium, magnesium, iron, aluminum or Is an aqueous solution of zinc carbonate, acetate or oxide. Then, in the presence of a small amount of deuteration catalyst (usually residual sulfuric acid), the obtained fully deuterated cellulose is stored at 50. At 90 ° C, saponification is carried out to change to a desired degree of deuteration and polymerization degree of cellulose. When the desired cellulose deuterated cellulose is obtained, the residual catalyst in the system is used by using the aforementioned neutralizing agent. Completely neutralize, or do not neutralize and put the deuterated cellulose solution into water or dilute sulfuric acid (or separate water or dilute sulfuric acid into the deuterated cellulose solution to separate the deuterated cellulose by washing And deuteration treatment to obtain deuterated cellulose. The polymerization degree of the preferred deuterated cellulose used in the present invention, the average degree of polymerization of viscosity is 200 to 700, preferably 250 to 550, more preferably 250 to 400, viscosity. The average degree of polymerization is particularly preferably from 250 to 350. The average degree of polymerization can be determined by the limit viscosity method of Uda et al. (Uda Kazuo, Saito Sato, "Fiber Society - 59-1378120, Journal j 'Vol. 16, No. 1, No. 105 It is described in detail in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-95538. When the low molecular component is removed, the average molecular weight (degree of polymerization) is high, but the viscosity is lower than that of ordinary cellulose. Is useful. Low The deuterated cellulose having a small molecular weight can be obtained by removing the low molecular component from the deuterated cellulose synthesized by a usual method, and the removal of the low molecular component can be carried out by washing with a suitable organic solvent. When producing deuterated cellulose having a low molecular component, it is preferred to adjust the amount of the sulfuric acid catalyst in the deuteration reaction to 0.5 to 25 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the cellulose. In the above range, it is possible to synthesize a deuterated cellulose which is also preferable in terms of molecular weight distribution (average molecular weight distribution). The water content of the deuterated cellulose used in the present invention is preferably 2% by mass or less, and preferably 1% by mass or less. More preferably, it is particularly preferably 0.7% by mass or less. The usual deuterated cellulose contains water, and its water content is known to be 2.5 to 5% by mass. In the present invention, in order to obtain deuterated cellulose having a small water content, the deuterated cellulose can be dried, and the method is not particularly limited as long as the method can attain a target water content (for example, 2% by mass or less). The above-mentioned deuterated cellulose which can be used in the present invention, the raw material cotton or the synthetic method thereof is disclosed in the Invention Association Open Technical Report (public technology number 200 1 - 1 745, March 15, 2001, issue, invention association) ~1 2 pages are detailed. The content of the cellulose derivative of the cellulose derivative composition of the present invention may be 55% by mass or more with respect to the total amount of the solid content ', preferably 7 〇 mass% or more, and 80% by mass or more. good. When the cellulose derivative composition of the present invention is prepared as a raw material for producing a film, use

-60 - 1378120 纖維素的粒子爲佳。較佳是所使用的粒子之90質量%以上 具有0.5〜5毫米的粒子大小爲佳。又,較佳是所使用的粒 子之50質量%以上具有1〜4毫米的粒子大小爲佳。醯化 纖維素粒子以盡可能具有接近球形的形狀爲佳。 本發明之纖維素衍生物組成物除了纖維素及上述通式 (1)〜(5)、(4-Α)、(4-Β)、(5-Α)、(5-Β)、(11)〜(13)、(14-Α) 或是(14-Β)中任一者所示化合物之外,亦可以在各調製步 驟按照用途添加各種添加劑(例如,可塑劑、抗紫外線劑、 抗劣化劑、光學異方向性控制劑、微粒子、剝離劑、紅外 線吸收劑等),其等可以是固體亦可以是油狀物。亦即,該 熔點或沸點並沒有特別限定。例如特開200 1 · 1 5 1 ftO 1號公 幸i等記載,揭示例如混合2 0 °C以下及2 0 °C以上的紫外線吸 收材料、或以同樣的方式混合可塑劑等。而且,例如特開 2 0 01 _ 1 94 5 22號公報記載,揭示混合紅外線吸收染料。又, #添加時期可以在製造膠漿(dope)之某一個步驟添加,亦 可·以在調製膠漿步驟的最後調製步驟,增加添加劑添加之 調製步驟來進行。 而且’各原料的添加量只要能夠顯現機能,沒有特別 I® € 〇又’由本發明之纖維素衍生物組成物所構成的纖維 $ @ 4物薄膜係由多層形成時,各層的添加物種類或添加 量亦可以不同。例如特開2 0 0 1 - 1 5 1 9 0 2號公報等之記載, 此等係先前所知道的技術。 而且,發明協會公開技術(公技號碼20 0 1 - 1 74 5、2 00 1 年3月1 5曰發行、發明協會)之第1 6〜22頁所詳細記載的 -61- 1378120 原料可以適合使用作爲此等原料。 以下,記載爲了溶解發明之纖維素衍生物、較佳是醯 化纖維素所使用之有機溶劑。 首先’記載製造本發明之纖維素衍生物的溶液時,可 以使用的非氯系有機溶劑。在本發明之纖維素衍生物能夠 溶解流延、製膜的範圍,只要能夠達成其目的,非氯系有 機溶劑沒有特別的限定。本發明所使用的非氯系有機溶劑 以選自碳厚子數爲3〜12的酯、酮、醚之溶劑爲佳。 酯、酮及醚亦可以具有環狀結構。亦可以使用具有酯、 酮及醚的官能基(亦即,-0-、-CO-'及- COO-)其中2種以 上之化合物作爲主溶劑,亦可以具有例如醇性羥基之其他 官能基。具有2種類以上官能基作爲主溶劑時,其碳原子 數係在具有任一種官能基之化合物的規定範圍內即可。 碳原子數係3〜1 2之酯類的例子,可以舉出的有甲酸 乙酯、甲酸丙酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯及乙酸 戊酯。碳原子數係3〜〗2之酮類的例子,可以舉出的有丙 酮 '甲基乙基酮、二乙基酮、二丁基酮、環戊酮、環己酮 及甲基環己酮。碳原子數爲3〜12之醚類的例子,可以舉 出的有二異丙醚、二甲氧基甲烷、二甲氧基乙烷、1,4-二 腭烷、1,3-二氧雜戊環(l,3-dioxolane)、四氫呋喃、大茴香 醚及苯乙醚。具有2種類以上官能基.之有機溶劑的例子, 可以舉出的有乙酸2 -乙氧基乙酯、2·甲氧基乙醇及2 -丁氧 基乙醇/ 製造以上纖維素衍生物的溶液時之適合使用的非氯系 1378120 有機溶劑,係從前述各種觀點來選定,如下述爲佳。亦即, 本發明之纖維素衍生物所使用之較佳溶劑,係互相不同之 3種類以上的混合溶劑,其中第1溶劑係選自乙酸甲酯、 乙酸乙酯、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、丙酮、二氧雜戊環、二 噚烷其中至少1種或其等之混合液,第2溶劑係選自碳原 子數爲4〜7的酮類或乙醯乙酸酯,第3溶劑係選自碳原子 數爲1〜10的醇或是烴,第3溶劑係選自碳數爲1〜10的 醇或烴,以碳數爲1〜8的醇爲更佳。 又’第1溶劑係2種以上'的溶劑之混合液時,亦可以 不必使用第2溶劑。第1溶劑更佳是乙酸甲酯、丙酮、甲 酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯或是其等之混合物,第2溶劑以甲基乙 基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、乙醯乙酸甲酯爲佳,亦可以是此 等之混合液。 第3溶劑之醇,可以是直鏈亦可以是具有分支之環 狀,其中以飽和脂族烴爲佳。醇之羥基可以是第一級〜第 三級其中任一種。醇之例子包含甲醇 '乙醇' 1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、2-丁醇、第三丁醇、1-戊醇、2-甲基-2-丁 醇、及環己醇。又,醇亦可以使用氟系醇。可以舉出的有 例如2-氟乙醇'2,2,2-三氟乙醇、2,2,3,3-四氟-1-丙醇等。 而且,烴可以是直鏈亦可以是具有分支環狀。可以使 用芳烴及脂族烴其中任一種。脂族烴可以是飽和亦可以是 不飽和。烴之例子包含環己烷、己烷、苯、甲苯及二甲苯。 此等第3溶劑之醇及烴可以單獨亦可以是2種類以上的混 合物,沒有特別限定。第3溶劑之較佳具體上的化合物, -63 - 1378120 可以舉出的醇有甲醇 '乙醇' 1-丙醇、2 -丙醇、1-丁醇、2-丁醇、及環己醇、環己烷、己烷,以甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、 2_丙醇、1-丁醇爲特佳。 以上3種類的混合溶劑,以第1溶劑係2 0〜9 5質量%、 第2溶劑係2〜60質量%且第3溶劑係2〜30質量%爲佳, 以第1溶劑係3 0〜9 0質量%、第2溶劑係3〜5 0質量%且 第3溶劑係3〜25質量%爲更佳,以第1溶劑係30〜90質 量%、第2溶劑係3〜3 0質量%、第3溶劑係3〜1 5質量0/。 爲特佳。 又,第〗溶劑係混合液而未使用第2溶劑時,以第1 溶劑係2 0〜90質量%、第3溶劑係5〜3 0質量%爲佳,以 第1溶劑係3 0〜8 6質量%、第3溶劑係7〜2 5質量%爲更 佳。以上本發明所使用之非氯系有機溶劑在發明協會公開 技報(公技號碼2001-1745、2001年3月15日發行、發明 協會)之第12〜16頁有更詳細的記載。在本發明,較佳非 氯系有機溶劑的組合可以舉出的係如下述,但是未限定在 此等。 可以舉出的有: •乙酸甲酯/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇/ 丁醇(75/10/5/5/5、質量份)、 .乙酸甲酯/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇/丙醇(75/10/5/5/5、質量份)' -乙酸甲酯/丙酮/甲醇/ 丁醇/環己烷(75/10/5/5/5、質量份)、 .乙酸甲酯/丙酮/乙醇/丁醇(81/8/7/4、質量份)' •乙酸甲酯/丙酮/乙醇/ 丁醇(82/10/4/4、質量份)、 •乙酸甲酯/丙酮/乙醇/ 丁醇(80/10/4/6、質量份)、 -64 - 1378120 •乙酸甲酯/甲基乙基酮/甲醇/ 丁醇(80/10/5/5、質量份)、 .乙酸甲酯/丙酮/甲基乙基酮/乙醇/異丙醇(68/10/10/5/7、 質量份)、 •乙酸甲酯/環戊酮/甲醇/異丙醇(77/1 0/5/8、質量份)、 .乙酸甲酯/丙酮/ 丁醇(90/5/5、質量份)、 •乙酸甲酯/環戊酮/丙酮/甲醇/丁醇(59/15/15/5/6、質量份)、 •乙酸甲酯/環己酮/甲醇/己烷(70/20/5/5、質量份)、 •乙酸甲酯/甲基乙基酮/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇(50/20/20/5/5、質-60 - 1378120 Cellulose particles are preferred. It is preferred that 90% by mass or more of the particles to be used have a particle size of 0.5 to 5 mm. Further, it is preferred that 50% by mass or more of the particles to be used have a particle size of 1 to 4 mm. Deuterated cellulose particles are preferably as close as possible to a spherical shape. The cellulose derivative composition of the present invention comprises, in addition to cellulose and the above formulas (1) to (5), (4-anthracene), (4-anthracene), (5-anthracene), (5-anthracene), (11). In addition to the compound represented by any one of (13), (14-Α) or (14-Β), various additives may be added according to the use in each preparation step (for example, a plasticizer, an ultraviolet ray inhibitor, or an anti-UV agent). A deterioration agent, an optical anisotropy control agent, fine particles, a release agent, an infrared ray absorbing agent, or the like), which may be a solid or an oil. That is, the melting point or boiling point is not particularly limited. For example, JP-A-200 1 · 1 5 1 ftO No. 1 is disclosed. For example, it is disclosed that a UV-absorbing material of 20 ° C or less and 20 ° C or more is mixed, or a plasticizer or the like is mixed in the same manner. Further, for example, JP-A No. WO 01 _ 1 94 5 22 discloses a mixed infrared absorbing dye. Further, the #adding period may be added at a certain step of manufacturing a dope, or may be carried out by adding a preparation step of adding the additive in the final modulating step of the modulating the syrup step. Further, 'the amount of each raw material added may be such that it can exhibit the function, and there is no special I® 〇 〇 and 'the fiber of the cellulose derivative composition of the present invention is formed of a plurality of layers, and the type of the additive of each layer or The amount added can also be different. For example, it is described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2 0 0 1 - 1 5 1 9 0 2, and the like. Moreover, the -61- 1378120 material described in detail on pages 16 to 22 of the Open Technology of the Invention Association (public technology number 20 0 1 - 1 74 5, March 1 曰 1 5 曰 Issue, Invention Association) can be adapted. Used as such raw materials. Hereinafter, an organic solvent used for dissolving the cellulose derivative of the invention, preferably cellulose hydride, is described. First, a non-chlorine-based organic solvent which can be used when producing a solution of the cellulose derivative of the present invention is described. In the range in which the cellulose derivative of the present invention can be dissolved and cast, the non-chlorinated organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the object can be attained. The non-chlorine-based organic solvent used in the present invention is preferably a solvent selected from the group consisting of esters having a carbon number of 3 to 12, a ketone, and an ether. Esters, ketones and ethers may also have a cyclic structure. It is also possible to use a compound having an ester, a ketone or an ether (that is, -0-, -CO-', and -COO-) as a main solvent, or may have another functional group such as an alcoholic hydroxyl group. . When two or more kinds of functional groups are used as the main solvent, the number of carbon atoms may be within a predetermined range of the compound having any one of the functional groups. Examples of the ester having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include ethyl formate, propyl formate, amyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate and amyl acetate. Examples of the ketone having 3 to 2 carbon atoms include acetone 'methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, dibutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, and methylcyclohexanone. . Examples of the ether having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, and 1,3-diox. 1, 3-dioxolane, tetrahydrofuran, anisole and phenylethyl ether. Examples of the organic solvent having two or more kinds of functional groups include 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2-methoxyethanol, and 2-butoxyethanol. When a solution of the above cellulose derivative is produced The non-chlorine 1378120 organic solvent suitable for use is selected from the above various viewpoints, and is preferably as follows. That is, the preferred solvent used in the cellulose derivative of the present invention is a mixed solvent of three or more types different from each other, wherein the first solvent is selected from the group consisting of methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl formate, and ethyl formate. a mixture of at least one of acetone, dioxolane and dioxane or the like, and the second solvent is selected from the group consisting of a ketone having 4 to 7 carbon atoms or an acetamidine acetate, and a third solvent system It is selected from an alcohol or a hydrocarbon having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and the third solvent is selected from an alcohol or a hydrocarbon having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alcohol having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Further, in the case where the first solvent is a mixture of two or more solvents, the second solvent may not be used. The first solvent is more preferably methyl acetate, acetone, methyl formate, ethyl formate or a mixture thereof, and the second solvent is methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone or ethyl acetoacetate. Good, it can also be a mixture of these. The alcohol of the third solvent may be a straight chain or a branched ring, and a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon is preferred. The hydroxyl group of the alcohol may be any of the first to third stages. Examples of alcohols include methanol 'ethanol' 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, tert-butanol, 1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, and rings Hexanol. Further, a fluorine-based alcohol can also be used as the alcohol. For example, 2-fluoroethanol '2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol, and the like can be given. Moreover, the hydrocarbon may be linear or branched. Any of an aromatic hydrocarbon and an aliphatic hydrocarbon can be used. The aliphatic hydrocarbon may be saturated or unsaturated. Examples of the hydrocarbon include cyclohexane, hexane, benzene, toluene, and xylene. The alcohol and hydrocarbon of the third solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds, and are not particularly limited. A preferred specific compound of the third solvent, -63 - 1378120, may be exemplified by methanol 'ethanol' 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and cyclohexanol. Cyclohexane and hexane are particularly preferred as methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol and 1-butanol. The above three kinds of mixed solvents are preferably 20 to 95% by mass of the first solvent, 2 to 60% by mass of the second solvent, and 2 to 30% by mass of the third solvent, and the first solvent is 3 to 30%. 90% by mass, the second solvent is 3 to 50% by mass, and the third solvent is preferably 3 to 25% by mass, and the first solvent is 30 to 90% by mass, and the second solvent is 3 to 30% by mass. The third solvent is 3 to 15 mass 0/. It is especially good. Further, when the solvent mixture is not used, and the second solvent is not used, the first solvent is 20 to 90% by mass, the third solvent is preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and the first solvent is 3 to 8 6 mass% and a third solvent system 7 to 25% by mass are more preferable. The non-chlorine-based organic solvent used in the above invention is described in more detail on pages 12 to 16 of the Invention Association's published technical report (public technology number 2001-1745, issued March 15, 2001, and the invention association). In the present invention, preferred combinations of the non-chlorine-based organic solvents are as follows, but are not limited thereto. Some can be mentioned: • methyl acetate/acetone/methanol/ethanol/butanol (75/10/5/5/5, parts by mass), methyl acetate/acetone/methanol/ethanol/propanol (75/ 10/5/5/5, parts by mass) '-methyl acetate/acetone/methanol/butanol/cyclohexane (75/10/5/5/5, parts by mass), .methyl acetate/acetone/ethanol /butanol (81/8/7/4, parts by mass)' • Methyl acetate/acetone/ethanol/butanol (82/10/4/4, parts by mass), • Methyl acetate/acetone/ethanol/butyl Alcohol (80/10/4/6, parts by mass), -64 - 1378120 • Methyl acetate/methyl ethyl ketone/methanol/butanol (80/10/5/5, parts by mass), methyl acetate /Acetone/Methyl ethyl ketone/Ethanol/Isopropanol (68/10/10/5/7, parts by mass), • Methyl acetate/cyclopentanone/methanol/Isopropanol (77/1 0/5 /8, parts by mass), methyl acetate/acetone/butanol (90/5/5, parts by mass), • methyl acetate/cyclopentanone/acetone/methanol/butanol (59/15/15/5 /6, parts by mass), • methyl acetate/cyclohexanone/methanol/hexane (70/20/5/5, parts by mass), • methyl acetate/methyl ethyl ketone/acetone/methanol/ethanol ( 50/20/20/5/5, quality

乙酸甲酯/1,3-二氧雜戊環/甲醇/乙醇(70/20/5/5、質量份)、 •乙酸甲酯/二Df烷/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇(60/20/10/5/5、質量份)、 •乙酸甲酯/丙酮/環戊酮/乙醇/異丁醇/環己烷 (65/10/10/5/5/5、質量份)、 •甲酸甲酯/甲基乙基酮/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇(5 0/20/20/5/5、質 量份)、 •甲酸甲酯/丙酮/乙酸乙酯/乙醇/ 丁醇/己烷Methyl acetate / 1,3-dioxolane / methanol / ethanol (70/20/5/5, parts by mass), • methyl acetate / di Df alkane / acetone / methanol / ethanol (60/20/10 /5/5, parts by mass), • methyl acetate/acetone/cyclopentanone/ethanol/isobutanol/cyclohexane (65/10/10/5/5/5, parts by mass), • methyl formate /methyl ethyl ketone / acetone / methanol / ethanol (5 0 / 20 / 2 / 5 / 5 / 5 parts by mass), • methyl formate / acetone / ethyl acetate / ethanol / butanol / hexane

(65/10/10/5/5/5、質量份)、 •丙酮/乙醯乙酸甲酯/甲醇/乙醇(65/20/10/5、質量份)、 •丙酮/環戊酮/乙醇/ 丁醇(6 5/2 0/ 1 0/5、質量份)、 •丙酮/1,3-二氧雜戊環/乙醇/ 丁醇(6 5/2 0/ 1 0/5、質量份)、 .1,3-二氧雜戊環/環己酮/甲基乙基酮./甲醇/ 丁醇 (60/20/10/5/5、質量份)。 又,纖維素衍生物的溶液除了上述非氯系有機溶劑以 外,亦可以含有總有機溶劑量之1 0質量%以下之二氯甲烷。 -65- 1378120 又,本發明之實施,在製造本發明之纖維素衍生物的 溶液(組成物)時’按照情況’亦可以使用氯系有機溶劑作 爲主溶劑。在本發明,纖維素衍生物在能夠溶解、流延、 ' 製膜的範圍,只要能夠達成該目的,其氯系有機溶劑沒有 特別限定。此等氯系有機溶劑以二氯甲烷、氯仿爲佳,以 二氯甲烷爲特佳。 又,混合氯系有機溶劑以外的有機溶劑亦沒有特別上 . 的問題。此時,二氯甲烷以至少使用50%質量%爲佳。在本 ® 發明,可以與氯系有機溶劑並用作爲主溶劑之非氯系有機 溶劑係如下述。亦即,能夠並用之較佳非氯系有機溶劑, 以選自碳原子數爲3〜1 2之酯、酮、醚、.醇 '烴等之溶劑 爲佳。酯、酮、醚、及醇亦可以具有環狀結構。亦可以使 用具有酯、酮、及醚的官能基(亦即,-〇-、-CO-、及- coo-) 其中任二者以上之化合物作爲溶劑,例如亦可以同時具有 如醇性羥基之其他官能基。具有2種類以上的官能基之溶 劑時,其碳原子數係在具有任一者官能基之化合物的規定 ® 範圍內時即可。碳原子數爲3〜12之醋類的例子’可以舉 出的有甲酸乙酉旨、甲酸丙酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸甲酯 '乙酸 乙酯、及乙酸戊酯。 碳原子數爲3〜12的酮類之例子,可以舉出的有丙 酮、甲基乙基酮、二乙基酮、二異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己 酮、及甲基環己酮。碳原子數爲3〜12的醚類之例子,可 以舉出的有二異丙醚、二甲氧基甲烷 '二甲氧基乙烷、1,4_ 二噚烷、1,3-二氧雜戊環、四氫呋喃、大茴香醚及苯乙醚。 -66- 1378120 具有2種類以上官能基之有機溶劑的例子,可以舉出的有 乙酸2-乙氧基乙酯、2-甲氧基乙醇及2-丁氧基乙醇。 又’與氯系有機溶劑並用之醇,較佳是,可以是直鏈 亦可以是具有分支之環狀,其中以飽和脂族烴爲佳。醇之 羥基可以是第一級〜第三級其中任一種。醇之例子包含甲 醇、乙醇、〗·丙醇' 2-丙醇、1-丁醇' 2-丁醇、第三丁醇、 1·戊醇、2-甲基-2-丁醇、及環己醇。又,醇亦可以使用氟 系醇。可以舉出的有例如2 -氟乙醇、2,2,2 -三氟乙醇、 2,2,3,3-四氟-1 -丙醇等。 而且’烴可以是直鏈亦可以是具有分支環狀。可以使 用芳烴及脂族烴其中任一種。脂族烴可以是飽和亦可以是 不飽和。烴之例子包含環己烷 '己烷、苯、甲苯及二甲苯。 能夠與上述纖維素衍生物使用作爲主溶劑之氯系有機 溶劑並用的非氯系有機溶劑,沒有特別限定,其中以選自 乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、甲酸甲酯、甲酸乙酯、丙酮、二氧 雜戊環、二噚烷、碳原子數爲4〜7的酮或乙醯乙酸酯、碳 原子數爲1〜10的醇或是烴爲佳。能夠並用之更佳的非氯 系有機溶劑,可以舉出的有乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、甲酸甲 酯、甲酸乙酯 '甲基乙基酮、環戊酮、環己酮、乙醯乙酸 甲酯、甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2丙醇、1-丁醇、2-丁醇、及 環己醇、環己烷 '己烷。在本發明,作爲主溶劑之氯系有 機溶劑與非氯系有機溶劑之較佳組合,可以舉出的如下 述,但是並未限定在此等。 .二氯甲烷/甲醇/乙醇/ 丁醇(80/10/5/5、質量份)' -67 - 1378120 醇己甲 丙環 / / 醇醇基 /¥/TK3 酮醇基 丙甲甲 / / / 烷烷烷 甲甲甲 氯氯氯 烷 5 份量 量質 質' 醇 0/醇 /1丙 8 異 /|\ / 醇醇 丁乙 / / 酮 基 乙 基 甲 / 酮 丙 / 烷 甲 氯 份 )'量 份質 、烷烷烷烷 )'甲甲甲甲 份氯氯氣氯)' 量二 二 二二份 質. . · .量 醇 丙 異 / 醇 甲 / 酮 戊 環 醇 丁 / 酯 甲 酸 乙 / 烷 己 / 醇 甲 // 酮 己 環 / 醇 甲 // 酮 丙 // 酮 基 乙 基 甲 / 質 ' 、 5 ) / 份)'/5 量、份 CS 質 } 量0/ 、 份質/2 /8量、50 0/5質5/5Ϊ /13'}/乙 3 / 烷 甲 氯 二 ο 7 /IV 醇 乙 .— 醇 甲 .— 環 戊 雜 氧 份 量 質 .二氯甲烷/二卩f烷/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇(60/20/10/5/5、質量份)、 •二氯甲烷/丙酮/環戊酮/乙醇/異丁醇/環己烷 (65/1 0/1 0/5/5/5 ' 質量份)、 .二氯甲烷/甲基乙基酮/丙酮/甲醇/乙醇(7 0/10/10/5/5、質 量份)、 .二氯甲烷/丙酮/乙酸乙酯/乙醇/丁醇/己烷 (65/10/10/5/5/5、質量份)、 •二氯甲烷/丙酮/乙酸乙酯/甲醇/乙醇(65/20/10/5、質量 份)' •二氯甲烷/環戊酮/乙醇/ 丁醇(65/20/10/5、質量份)等。 在本發明,使用上述例示組成之有機溶劑將含有醯化 纖維素之膠漿,稀釋成爲0.1〜5質量%溶液之醯化纖維素 的締合分子量以15萬〜1500萬爲佳,締合分子量以18萬 -68 - 1378120 〜900萬以爲更佳。該締合分子量可以用靜態光散射法來 求得。此時,進行溶解使同時求得之慣性自乘半徑在10〜 200奈米爲佳,慣性自乘半徑在20〜200奈米爲更佳。進 行溶解使第2維里係數在-2xl0_4〜4Χ1〇-4爲佳,第2維 里係數在- 2xl0_4〜2xl〇-4爲更佳。在此,敘述本發明之 締合分子量、進而慣性自乘半徑及第2維里係數之定義。 此等可以依據以下方法,藉由靜態光散射法測定。依 據下述方法由於裝置的關係,係測定稀薄區域,但是此等 測定値係反映本發明在高濃度區域之膠漿的舉動。首先, 將醯化纖維素溶解在膠漿所使用的溶劑中,來調製0.1質 量%、0.2質量%、0.3質量%、0.4質量%的溶液。又,稱量 時爲了防止吸濕,醯化纖維素係使用在1 2 0 °C乾燥2小時 而成之物,在25°C、10%R.H.進行。溶解方法係依照溶解 膠漿時所採用的方法(常溫溶解法、冷卻溶解法、高溫溶解 法)來實施。 接著,使用〇·2微米之聚四氟乙烯(特夫綸、商品名) 製過濾器過濾此等溶液。接著,使用光散射測定裝置(大塚 電子(股)製DLS-700、商品名),在25°C、從30度至140 度爲止以1 0度間隔測定該經過濾的溶液之靜態光散射。藉 由BERRY標圖法進行解析所得到的數據。又,該解析所必 要的折射係數係使用藉由阿貝折射計所求得溶劑的値,手斤 射係數的濃度梯度(cin/dc)可以使用微差折射計(大塚電子 (股)製D R Μ -1 0 2 1、商品名)、使用光散射測定所使用的溶 劑、溶液來測定。 -69 - 1378120 在本發明,調製含有纖維素衍生物之膠漿,其溶解方 法沒有特別限定,可以是室溫亦可以是冷卻溶解法或高溫 溶解方法,而且可以組合其等來實施。關於此等,例如特 開平5.1 6 3 3 0 1號、特開昭6 1 - 1 0662 8號、特開昭5 8- 1 2 7 73 7 號、特開平 9-95544號、特開平10-95854號、特開平 10-45950 號、特開 2000-53784 號、特開平 11-322946 號、 特開平 1 1 - 32 2 94 7 號、特開平 2-2 7 6 8 3 0 號、特開 2000-273239 號、特開平 11-71463 號、特開平 42-59511 號、 特開 2 0 0 0-2 73 1 8 4號、特開平 1 1 - 3 2 3 0 1 7號、特開平 1 1 - 3 02 3 88號等各公報記載纖維素衍生物的調製法。以上所 記載之此等將纖維素衍生物溶解在有機溶劑的方法,亦可 以適合應用於本發明的範圍。 此等之詳細,特別是非氯系溶劑系在發明協會公開技 報(公技號碼2001-1745、2001年3月15曰發行 '發明協 會)之第22〜25頁有詳細的記載。而且,在本發明,對含 有纖維素衍生物之膠漿,通常實施溶液濃縮、過濾,其方 法同樣地在發明協會公開技報(公技號碼200 1 - 1 745、200 1 年3月15日發行、發明協會)之第25頁有詳細的記載。又, 以高溫溶解時,幾乎都在所使用有機溶劑的沸點以上,此 時可以在高壓狀態使用。 本發明之纖維素衍生物組成物,可以藉由將前述通式 (1)〜(5)、(4-A)、(4-B)、(5-A)、(5-B)、(11)〜(13)、(14-A) 或是(1 4 - B)中任一者所示化合物溶解在適當的溶劑中成爲 溶液,將該溶液與將纖維素衍生物溶解在適當的溶劑中而 -70 - 1378120 得到的纖維素衍生物溶液混合來調製。兩溶液的混合方法 沒有特別限定,可以將混合兩溶液而得到的溶液作爲薄膜 形:成用的膠漿使用。但是’在本發明,可以不管纖維素衍 ' 生物與通式(1)〜(5)、(4-A)、(4-B)、(5-A)、(5-B) ' (1 1) 〜(1 3 )、( 1 4 - A )或是(1 4 - B )中任一者所示化合物的添加順 序,兩者亦可以同時添加。在膠液中之纖維素衍生物的濃 度以10〜30質量%爲佳,以13〜27質量%爲更佳,以15 . 〜2 5質量%爲特佳。溶解纖維素衍生物使成爲此等濃度之 ® 方法,可以在溶解的階段實施使成爲此等濃度,亦可.預先 製造低濃度溶液(例如9〜14質量%)後,在後述的濃縮步驟 調整成爲規定的高濃度溶液。而且,亦可以預先製造高濃 度溶液後,藉由各種添加物之添加而成爲規定的低濃度溶 _ 液,若能夠到上述濃度的膠漿時,可以用任何方法》 又,爲了溶解前述通式(1)〜(5)、(4-A)、(4-B)、(5-A)、 (5-B)、(11)〜(13)、(14-A)或是(14-B)中任一者所示化合 物,亦可以使用與前述纖維素衍生物用溶劑相同之物。在 ^ 膠漿中之通式(1 )〜(5 )、(4-A)、(4-B)、(5 - A)、(5-B)、( 1 1 ) 〜(13) ' (14-A)或是(14-B)中任一者所示化合物的濃度,例 如’以0.1〜30質量%爲佳,以1〜1 5質量%爲更佳。 在本發明,含有纖維素衍生物之膠漿,其溶液的黏度 及動態儲藏彈性模數以在某範圍爲佳。使用流變計(CLS 5 00)和直徑 4公分/2度之鋼錐(Steel Cone)(都是 TA Instruments公司製、商品名)來測定1毫升試料溶液。以測 定條件係振盪階梯(Oscillation Step)/溫度斜坡 -71- 1378120 (Temperature Ramp)在 40 °C 〜一 10 °C 的範圍爲 2 °C/分鐘之 可變方式進行測定,求得4 0 °C的靜態非牛頓黏度η * (P a . s)及一 5 °C的儲藏彈性模數G’ (pa)。又,試料溶液係預先 ' 在測定開始溫度保溫至液溫一定爲止後開始測定。本發明 係以在40°C的黏度爲1〜400Pa. s、在15°C的動態儲藏彈 性模數爲50 0Pa以上爲佳,以在40t的黏度爲10〜200Pa. s、在1 5 °C的動態儲藏彈性模數爲1 00〜】00萬爲更佳。而 • 且’在低溫之動態儲藏彈性模數以較大爲佳,例如流延支 ® 撐體爲一 15 °C時,動態儲藏彈性模數在一5 °C時以1萬〜 1 0 0萬P a爲佳,流延支撐體爲—5 〇艽時,動態儲藏彈性模 數在—50 °C時以1萬〜500萬Pa爲佳。 [纖維素衍生物薄膜] 本發明之纖維素衍生物薄膜係由本發明的纖維素衍生 物組成物所構成之物。 接著,敘述本發明之纖維素衍生物薄膜的製造方法。 本發明之製造纖維素衍生物薄膜的方法及設備,可以 ® 使用以往提供製造三乙酸纖素維薄膜之溶液流延製膜方法 及溶液流延製膜裝置。以下,說明其具體例。將由溶解機 (釜)所調製的膠漿(纖維素衍生物組成物溶液)暫時儲藏於 儲藏釜中,使含有在膠漿中的氣泡脫泡 '進行最後調製。 將膠漿從膠漿排出口,通過例如藉由旋轉數而能夠高精確 度定量輸送液體之加壓型定量齒輪泵輸送至加壓型模頭, 使膠從加壓型模頭的噴嘴(狹縫)均勻地流延至環狀移動之 流延部的金屬支撐體上面,在金屬支撐體大約一圏的剝離 -72 - 1378120 點’將半乾的膠漿膜(亦稱爲膜片;web)從金屬支撐體剝翻 以夾子夾住所得到膜片的兩端,邊保持寬度邊藉由 幅機搬運、乾燥’接著,藉由乾燥裝置的輥輪群搬運, 燥完成、依規定長度捲取在捲取機。拉幅機與輥輪群的 燥裝置的組合係依照其目的而改變。在使用_化銀照片 光材料或電子顯示器用機能性保護膜所使用的溶液流延 膜方法’溶液流延製膜裝置之外,爲了對薄膜進行底塗層 防靜電、光暈防止層、保護層等表面加工,多半附加有 布裝置。此等各製程,在發明協會公開技報(公‘技號 2001-1745、20 01年3月15日發行、發明協會)之第25 3 〇頁有詳細的記載,可以分類成流延(包含共流延)、金 支撐體、乾燥、剝離、延伸等。 在此,本發明之延流部的空間溫度沒有特別限定, 中以—50〜50°C爲佳,以一30〜40 eC爲更佳,以一20〜 °C爲特佳。特別是藉由低溫的空間溫度來流延之膠漿, 由提升在支撐體上瞬時冷卻的凝膠強度,能夠保持含有 有機溶劑之薄膜。藉此,不必使有機溶劑從纖維素衍生 蒸發,能夠短時間從支撐體剝取而能夠達成高速流延。 卻空間的方法,可以使用通常的空氣,亦可以使用氮或· 氦等,沒有特別限定。又,此時的濕度以0〜70%R.H.爲佳 以0〜50%R.H.爲更佳。又,在本發明,流延膠漿之流延 的支撐體的溫度通常爲一50〜130 °C,以一30〜25 °C爲佳 以-20〜1 5 °C爲更佳。爲了將流延部保持在希望溫度, 可以在流延部導入冷卻的氣體來達成,或是將冷卻裝置 拉 乾 乾 感 製 塗 碼 屬 其 30 藉 該 物 冷 部 亦 配 -73 - 1378120 置在流延部來冷卻空間。此時’注意不可使水附著係重要 的,可以藉由利用乾燥氣體等之方法來實施。 ' 在本發明之各層的內容及流延,特別是以下的構成爲 • 佳。亦即,一種膠漿及由其製成的纖維素延伸物薄膜(較佳 是醯化纖維素薄膜),其特徵爲’該膠漿在25 t,較佳是含 有至少1種液體或固體的可塑劑,相對於纖維素衍生物爲 0.1〜20質量%之膠漿,及/或含有至少1種液體或固體的紫 • 外線吸收劑,相對於纖維素衍生物爲0.00 1〜5質量%之膠 • 漿,及/或含有至少1種固體且其平均粒徑大小爲5〜3 000 奈米之微粒子粉體,相對於纖維素衍生物爲0.001〜5質量 %之膠漿,及/或含有至少1種氟系界面活性劑,相對於纖 維素衍生物爲0.001〜2質量%之膠漿,及/或含有至少1種 '.剝離劑,相對於纖維素衍生物爲0.000 1〜2質量%之膠漿, 及/或含有至少I種抗劣化劑,相對於纖維素衍生物爲 0.0 0 0 1〜2質量%之膠漿,及/或含有至少1種剝離劑,相對 於纖維素衍生物爲〇·〇〇〇】〜2質量%之膠漿,及/或含有至 ® 少1種光學異方向性控制劑,相對於纖維素衍生物爲0.1 〜1 5質量%之膠漿,及/或含有至少1種紅外線吸收劑,相 對於纖維素衍生物爲〇. 1〜5質量%之膠漿。 流延步驟可以使1種類的膠漿單層流延,亦可以同時 使2種類以上的膠漿同時及/或依次共流延。一種膠漿及由 其製成的纖維素延伸物薄膜(較佳是醯化纖維素薄膜),其 特徵爲,具有由2層以上構成的流延步驟時,在所製成的 膠漿及纖維素衍生物薄膜,較佳是各層的氯系溶劑的組成(65/10/10/5/5/5, parts by mass), • Acetone/acetic acid methyl acetate/methanol/ethanol (65/20/10/5, parts by mass), • Acetone/cyclopentanone/ethanol / Butanol (6 5/2 0 / 1 0/5, parts by mass), • Acetone / 1,3-dioxolane / ethanol / butanol (6 5/2 0 / 1 0/5, parts by mass ), .1,3-dioxolane/cyclohexanone/methyl ethyl ketone./methanol/butanol (60/20/10/5/5, parts by mass). Further, the solution of the cellulose derivative may contain, in addition to the above non-chlorine-based organic solvent, methylene chloride in an amount of 10% by mass or less based on the total amount of the organic solvent. Further, in the practice of the present invention, in the case of producing a solution (composition) of the cellulose derivative of the present invention, a chlorine-based organic solvent may be used as a main solvent, as the case may be. In the present invention, the cellulose derivative is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve, cast, or form a film, as long as the object can be attained. These chlorine-based organic solvents are preferably dichloromethane or chloroform, and particularly preferably dichloromethane. Further, there is no particular problem with the organic solvent other than the mixed chlorine-based organic solvent. At this time, dichloromethane is preferably used in an amount of at least 50% by mass. In the present invention, a non-chlorinated organic solvent which can be used as a main solvent together with a chlorine-based organic solvent is as follows. In other words, a preferred non-chlorine organic solvent which can be used in combination is preferably a solvent selected from the group consisting of an ester having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a ketone, an ether, and an alcohol 'hydrocarbon. The esters, ketones, ethers, and alcohols may also have a cyclic structure. It is also possible to use a compound having a functional group of an ester, a ketone, and an ether (that is, -〇-, -CO-, and -coo-) as a solvent, for example, it may also have an alcoholic hydroxyl group. Other functional groups. When a solvent having two or more kinds of functional groups is used, the number of carbon atoms may be within the range of the predetermined ® of the compound having any of the functional groups. Examples of the vinegar having 3 to 12 carbon atoms are exemplified by formic acid, propyl formate, amyl formate, methyl acetate 'ethyl acetate, and amyl acetate. Examples of the ketone having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, and methylcyclohexane. ketone. Examples of the ether having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane 'dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, and 1,3-dioxane. Pento, tetrahydrofuran, anisole and phenylethyl ether. Examples of the organic solvent having two or more kinds of functional groups include 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2-methoxyethanol, and 2-butoxyethanol. Further, the alcohol used in combination with the chlorine-based organic solvent may preferably be a linear chain or a branched ring, and a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon is preferred. The hydroxyl group of the alcohol may be any of the first to third stages. Examples of the alcohol include methanol, ethanol, 〗 〖Propanol '2-propanol, 1-butanol '2-butanol, tert-butanol, 1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, and rings Hexanol. Further, a fluoroalcohol can also be used as the alcohol. For example, 2-fluoroethanol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol, and the like can be given. Further, the hydrocarbon may be linear or branched. Any of an aromatic hydrocarbon and an aliphatic hydrocarbon can be used. The aliphatic hydrocarbon may be saturated or unsaturated. Examples of hydrocarbons include cyclohexane 'hexane, benzene, toluene and xylene. The non-chlorine-based organic solvent which can be used in combination with the above-mentioned cellulose derivative as a chlorine-based organic solvent as a main solvent is not particularly limited, and is selected from the group consisting of methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, acetone, and the like. A dioxapentane ring, a dioxane, a ketone or an acetonitrile acetate having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alcohol having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a hydrocarbon is preferred. Further preferred non-chlorine organic solvents which can be used together include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate 'methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, and ethyl acetonitrile. Methyl ester, methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and cyclohexanol, cyclohexane 'hexane. In the present invention, a preferred combination of the chlorine-based organic solvent and the non-chlorine-based organic solvent as the main solvent is as follows, but is not limited thereto. . dichloromethane/methanol/ethanol/butanol (80/10/5/5, parts by mass)' -67 - 1378120 Alcohol propylene ring / / Alcohol group / ¥ / TK3 keto alcohol group A / / / Alkanotrope methyl chlorochlorochlorocarbon 5 parts Quantities 'Alcohol 0 / Alcohol / 1 C 8 E / | \ / Alcohol butyl ethyl / / keto ethyl methyl / ketopropyl / alkyl chloride 'Quantitative, alkane alkanedane' 'methane methyl chloride chlorine chlorine chlorine'' Amount of 2222 parts. · · Alkyl alcohol / alcohol A / ketopentyl butyl / ester formic acid B / Alkenyl/alcohol A// ketone ketone/alcohol A// ketopropyl // ketoethyl group A / mass ' , 5 ) / part) '/5 amount, part CS quality} quantity 0 / , part quality / 2 /8 quantity, 50 0/5 quality 5/5Ϊ /13'}/B 3 / alkyl chloride II 7 /IV Alcohol B. - Alcohol A. - Cyclopentyloxymethane. Dichloromethane / dioxime f Alkane/acetone/methanol/ethanol (60/20/10/5/5, parts by mass), • dichloromethane/acetone/cyclopentanone/ethanol/isobutanol/cyclohexane (65/1 0/1 0) /5/5/5 'parts by mass>, methylene chloride/methyl ethyl ketone/acetone/methanol/ethanol (7 0/10/10/5/5, parts by mass), methylene chloride/acetone/ Acetic acid Ester/ethanol/butanol/hexane (65/10/10/5/5/5, parts by mass), • dichloromethane/acetone/ethyl acetate/methanol/ethanol (65/20/10/5, quality) Parts)' • Dichloromethane/cyclopentanone/ethanol/butanol (65/20/10/5, parts by mass). In the present invention, the organic solvent containing the above-exemplified composition is used to melt the cellulose-containing cement, and the molecular weight of the deuterated cellulose diluted to 0.1 to 5% by mass of the solution is preferably 150,000 to 15 million, and the molecular weight of the association is as follows. It is better to use 180,000-68 - 1378,120 to 9 million. The association molecular weight can be obtained by static light scattering. At this time, it is preferable to carry out the dissolution so that the inertial self-half radius obtained at the same time is preferably 10 to 200 nm, and the inertia self-ride radius is preferably 20 to 200 nm. The dissolution is carried out so that the second virial coefficient is preferably -2xl0_4 to 4 Χ1 〇 -4, and the second virial coefficient is preferably - 2xl0_4 to 2xl 〇-4. Here, the definition of the association molecular weight, the inertial self-ride radius, and the second virial coefficient of the present invention will be described. These can be determined by static light scattering according to the following method. According to the following method, a thin region is measured due to the relationship of the device, but the measurement of the lanthanum reflects the behavior of the cement in the high concentration region of the present invention. First, deuterated cellulose was dissolved in a solvent used for the dope to prepare a solution of 0.1% by mass, 0.2% by mass, 0.3% by mass, or 0.4% by mass. Further, in order to prevent moisture absorption during weighing, the cellulose deuterated cellulose was dried at 120 ° C for 2 hours, and was carried out at 25 ° C and 10% R.H. The dissolution method is carried out in accordance with the method (normal temperature dissolution method, cooling dissolution method, high temperature dissolution method) used in dissolving the dope. Next, these solutions were filtered using a filter made of polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon, trade name) of 2 μm. Next, the static light scattering of the filtered solution was measured at intervals of 10 degrees from 30 degrees to 140 degrees at 25 ° C using a light scattering measuring device (DLS-700, trade name) manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. The data obtained by the BERRY plot method is analyzed. Further, the refractive index necessary for the analysis is a enthalpy of a solvent obtained by an Abbe refractometer, and a concentration gradient (cin/dc) of the chiral coefficient can be a differential refractometer (Daily Electronics Co., Ltd.) Μ -1 0 2 1 , trade name), measured using a solvent or a solution used for light scattering measurement. -69 - 1378120 In the present invention, a dope containing a cellulose derivative is prepared, and the method of dissolving is not particularly limited, and it may be a room temperature or a cooling dissolution method or a high-temperature dissolution method, or may be carried out in combination. For such a case, for example, JP-A-Chang No. 5.1 6 3 3 0 1 , JP-A-Chang No. 6 1 - 1 0662 No. 8, Special Open No. 5 8- 1 2 7 73 7 , Special Kaiping No. 9-95544, Special Kaiping 10- 95854, Special Kaiping 10-45950, Special Opening 2000-53784, Special Kaiping 11-322946, Special Kaiping 1 1 - 32 2 94 7 , Special Kaiping 2-2 7 6 8 3 0, Special Opening 2000 -273239, Special Kaiping 11-71463, Special Kaiping 42-59511, Special Opening 2 0 0 0-2 73 1 8 4, Special Kaiping 1 1 - 3 2 3 0 1 7 , Special Kaiping 1 1 - Each of the publications such as No. 3 02 3 88 describes a preparation method of a cellulose derivative. The method of dissolving the cellulose derivative in an organic solvent as described above may be suitably applied to the scope of the present invention. The details, particularly the non-chlorinated solvent, are described in detail on pages 22 to 25 of the Invention Association's published technical report (public technology number 2001-1745, March 15, 2001 issue 'Inventions Association'). Further, in the present invention, the solution containing the cellulose derivative is usually subjected to solution concentration and filtration, and the method is similarly disclosed in the Invention Association (public technology number 200 1 - 1 745, March 15, 2001) The 25th page of the issue and invention association is detailed. Further, when it is dissolved at a high temperature, it is almost at the boiling point of the organic solvent to be used, and it can be used at a high pressure. The cellulose derivative composition of the present invention can be obtained by the above formulas (1) to (5), (4-A), (4-B), (5-A), (5-B), 11) The compound represented by any one of (13), (14-A) or (1 4 - B) is dissolved in a suitable solvent to form a solution, and the solution is dissolved in a suitable solvent with the cellulose derivative. Medium and -70 - 1378120 The obtained cellulose derivative solution is mixed to prepare. The mixing method of the two solutions is not particularly limited, and a solution obtained by mixing the two solutions may be used as a film form: a paste for use. However, 'in the present invention, it is possible to care about the cellulose derivative and the general formulae (1) to (5), (4-A), (4-B), (5-A), (5-B) ' (1 1) The order of addition of the compound represented by any of -(1 3 ), (1 4 - A ) or (1 4 - B ) may be added at the same time. The concentration of the cellulose derivative in the gum solution is preferably 10 to 30% by mass, more preferably 13 to 27% by mass, even more preferably 15 to 25% by mass. The method of dissolving the cellulose derivative in such a concentration can be carried out at the stage of dissolution to achieve such a concentration, or a low-concentration solution (for example, 9 to 14% by mass) can be prepared in advance, and then adjusted in a concentration step described later. Become a prescribed high concentration solution. Further, it is also possible to prepare a high-concentration solution in advance, and to obtain a predetermined low-concentration solution by adding various additives, and if it is possible to obtain the dope at the above concentration, any method can be used. (1) ~(5), (4-A), (4-B), (5-A), (5-B), (11)~(13), (14-A) or (14- The compound represented by any one of B) may be the same as the solvent for the cellulose derivative described above. The general formulae (1) to (5), (4-A), (4-B), (5-A), (5-B), (1 1 ) to (13) ' in the ^ mortar The concentration of the compound represented by any of 14-A) or (14-B) is, for example, preferably from 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 1 to 15% by mass. In the present invention, the viscosity of the solution and the dynamic storage elastic modulus of the cement containing the cellulose derivative are preferably in a certain range. A 1 ml sample solution was measured using a rheometer (CLS 5 00) and a steel cone (Steel Cone) having a diameter of 4 cm/2 degrees (both manufactured by TA Instruments). The measurement condition is Oscillation Step / Temperature Ramp - 71 - 1378120 (Temperature Ramp) is measured in a variable range of 40 ° C to 10 ° C in the range of 2 ° C / min to obtain 40 ° Static non-Newtonian viscosity η * (P a . s) of C and a storage elastic modulus G' (pa) of 5 °C. Further, the sample solution was measured in advance before the measurement start temperature was kept until the liquid temperature was constant. The present invention preferably has a viscosity at 40 ° C of 1 to 400 Pa·s, a dynamic storage modulus at 15 ° C of 50 0 Pa or more, and a viscosity at 40 t of 10 to 200 Pa·s at 15 °. The dynamic storage elastic modulus of C is preferably from 100 to 00 million. And • and 'the dynamic storage elastic modulus at low temperatures is better, for example, when the casting branch struts are 15 °C, the dynamic storage elastic modulus is 10,000 to 1 0 at 5 °C. Preferably, when the casting support is -5 〇艽, the dynamic storage elastic modulus is preferably 10,000 to 5,000,000 Pa at -50 °C. [Cellulose derivative film] The cellulose derivative film of the present invention is composed of the cellulose derivative composition of the present invention. Next, a method for producing the cellulose derivative film of the present invention will be described. The method and apparatus for producing a cellulose derivative film of the present invention can use a solution casting method and a solution casting film forming apparatus which are conventionally provided for producing a cellulose triacetate film. Hereinafter, a specific example will be described. The dope (cellulose derivative composition solution) prepared by the dissolving machine (tank) was temporarily stored in a storage tank to defoam the bubbles contained in the dope to be finally prepared. The glue is discharged from the glue discharge port, and is delivered to the pressurizing die by, for example, a pressurized type quantitative gear pump capable of quantitatively transferring the liquid by a rotation number, and the glue is passed from the nozzle of the press type die (narrow) Slot) evenly spread onto the metal support of the casting portion of the annular movement, and the semi-dry glue film (also known as the diaphragm; web) is removed from the metal support at approximately one - -72 - 1378120 points The metal support is peeled off to clamp the two ends of the obtained film, and is conveyed and dried by the web while maintaining the width. Then, the roller group of the drying device is transported, dried, and wound up in a predetermined length. Take the machine. The combination of the tenter and the drying device of the roller group varies depending on the purpose. In addition to the solution cast film method used in the use of the _ silver photo material or the functional protective film for electronic displays, the anti-static, halo-preventing layer and the protective layer are applied to the film. Surface processing such as layers, most of which are attached with cloth. These processes are described in detail on the 25th page of the Open Technical Bulletin of the Invention Association (publication 'Technology 2001-1745, March 15, 2001, Issued, Invention Association), which can be classified into casting (including Co-casting), gold support, drying, peeling, stretching, etc. Here, the space temperature of the throttling portion of the present invention is not particularly limited, and is preferably -50 to 50 ° C, more preferably 30 to 40 eC, and particularly preferably 20 to ° C. In particular, a cement which is cast by a low-temperature space temperature can maintain a film containing an organic solvent by raising the gel strength which is instantaneously cooled on the support. Thereby, it is not necessary to evaporate the organic solvent from the cellulose, and it can be peeled off from the support in a short time, and high-speed casting can be achieved. In the space method, normal air may be used, and nitrogen or helium may be used, and it is not particularly limited. Further, the humidity at this time is preferably 0 to 70% R.H., more preferably 0 to 50% R.H. Further, in the present invention, the temperature of the casting of the casting dope is usually from 50 to 130 ° C, preferably from 30 to 25 ° C, more preferably from -20 to 15 ° C. In order to maintain the casting portion at a desired temperature, it is possible to introduce a cooling gas into the casting portion, or to dry the cooling device to dry the coating. The cold portion is also provided with -73 - 1378120. The casting is used to cool the space. At this time, it is important to note that water adhesion is not important, and it can be carried out by a method using a dry gas or the like. The content and casting of each layer of the present invention are particularly preferably as follows. That is, a cement and a cellulose extender film (preferably a cellulose halide film) made therefrom, characterized in that the glue is at 25 t, preferably at least one liquid or solid. a plasticizer, which is 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the cellulose derivative, and/or a violet external absorbent containing at least one liquid or solid, and is 0.001 to 5% by mass based on the cellulose derivative. a slurry, and/or a fine particle powder containing at least one solid and having an average particle size of 5 to 3,000 nm, and a 0.001 to 5% by mass of a cement relative to the cellulose derivative, and/or a At least one fluorine-based surfactant is 0.001 to 2% by mass based on the cellulose derivative, and/or contains at least one kind of '. Release agent, and is 0.000 1 to 2% by mass based on the cellulose derivative. a cement, and/or a gum containing at least one anti-deterioration agent, 0.02 to 1-2% by mass relative to the cellulose derivative, and/or containing at least one release agent, relative to the cellulose derivative 〇·〇〇〇]~2% by mass of glue, and/or containing to 1 less optically different direction The amount of the control agent is 0.1 to 15% by mass based on the cellulose derivative, and/or at least one type of infrared absorbing agent is used, and the cellulose derivative is 胶. The casting step allows one type of glue to be cast in a single layer, or two or more types of glues can be simultaneously cast simultaneously and/or sequentially. A cement and a cellulose extender film (preferably a cellulose-deposited film) made of the same, characterized in that it has a casting step composed of two or more layers, and the prepared glue and fiber a derivative film, preferably a composition of a chlorine-based solvent of each layer

-74 - 1378120 可以是相同或不同組成其中任一種, 可以是丨種類或2種以上的混合其中 加劑的添加位置可以是同一層或不同 劑的溶液中的濃度可以是各層相同濃 一種,各層的締合分子量可以是相同 其中任一種,各層的溶液溫度可以是 中任一種,又,各層的塗布量可以是 其中任一種,各層乾燥後的膜厚度可 度其中任一種,而且在各層存在的原 不同分布狀態,各層的物性可以是相 * 任一種,各層的物性可以是均勻或不 一種。 在此,物性係包含在發明協會 2001-1745、2001 年 3 月 15 日發行、 頁所有詳細的記載之物,例如霧度、 遲滯値Re、遲滞値Rth、分子配向軸、 耐折強度、拉伸強度、捲物內外Rt差 動摩擦、鹼加水分解、翹曲値、含水 收縮率、高濕尺寸評估、透濕度、基 性、熱收縮開始溫度、彈性模數、及 亦包含基底評估所用的界面、面狀。 又,亦可以舉出在發明協會ί 2001-1745、 2001 年 3 月 15 日發行、 所詳細的記載之醯化纖維素的黃色指 & ®的添加劑的種類 ft ~種,對各層之添 層其中任一種,添加 S或不同濃度其中任 或不同的締合分子量 相同或不同的溫度其 相同或不同的塗布量 以是相同或不同的厚 料可以是相同狀態或 同或不同的物性其中 同的物性分布其中任 公開技報(公技號碼 發明協會)之第6〜7 穿透率 '分光特性、 軸偏移、撕裂強度、 異、摩擦聲(squeak)、 率、殘餘溶劑量、熱 底平面性、尺寸安定 亮點異物測定,而且 >開技報(公技號碼 發明協會)之第1 1頁 數、透明度' 熱物性 -75 - 1378120 (Tg、結晶化熱)等。 本發明之纖維素衍生物薄膜亦可以被延伸。爲顯現光 學異方向性,以能夠以任意倍率延伸爲特佳。 延伸可以使用眾所周知的方法,例如從比纖維素衍生 物薄膜的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)高1 0°c的高溫起至高50°C的高 溫之間的溫度,可以藉由拉幅機單軸延伸法、同步雙軸延 伸法、逐次雙軸延伸法、吹塑法來延伸。又,藉由溶液流 延法製造薄膜時,殘餘溶劑係在1〜30%的範圍內,以5〜 2 0 %的範圍內爲更佳。延伸倍率以使用1 . 〇 1〜2倍爲佳。 纖維素衍生物薄膜可以按照情況進行表面處理,能夠 達成提升纖維素衍生.物薄膜與各機能層(例如,底塗層及背 層)之黏著。例如可以使用發光放電處理、紫外線照射處 理、電暈處理、火焰處理、酸或鹼處理。在此所稱發光放 電處理,可以是在1〇_3~20托(0.133Pa〜2.67kPa)的低壓 氣體下所產生的低溫電漿、亦可以是在大氣體下之電漿處 理。 電漿激發性氣體係指在上述條件被電漿激發的氣體, 可以舉出的有氬、氮、氖、氪、氙、氮、二氧化碳 '如四 氫呋喃之氟類及其等的混合物等。關於此等,在發明協會 公開技報(公技號碼2001-1745' 2001年3月15日發行' 發明協會)之第30〜32頁有詳細的記載。近受到注目之在 大氣壓下的電漿處理,係例如在10〜l〇〇〇keV下,使用20 〜500kGy的照射能量,更佳是在30〜500keV下,使用20 〜3 OOkGy的照射能量。此等之中,特佳是皂化處理作爲醯 -76 - 1378120 化纖維素薄膜的表面處理極爲有效。 皂化處理係將薄膜表面浸漬在鹼溶液後,藉由 液中和、循環水洗乾燥來進行爲佳。鹼溶液可以舉 氫氧化鉀溶液、氫氧化鈉溶液等,氫氧化離子的濃@ 〜5.0莫耳/升的範圍爲佳,以0·5〜4.0莫耳/升的範 佳。鹼溶液溫度以室溫〜9 0 °C的範圍爲佳,以4 0〜 範圍爲更佳。 又,皂化處理可以藉由塗布皂化液來進行,塗 可以舉出的有浸漬法、簾流法、擠壓塗布法 '棒塗 E型塗布法。爲了將皂化液塗布在透明支持體,皂 塗布液的溶劑以具有潤濕性爲佳,又,以選擇溶劑 處理塗布液不會在透明支持體的表面形成凹凸、且 持良好面狀爲佳。具體上,以醇系溶劑爲佳,以異 特佳。 又,亦可以使用界面活性劑的水溶液作爲溶劑 塗布液的鹼以能夠溶解在上述的鹼中爲佳,以KOH 爲更佳。皂化塗布液pH以1 0以上爲佳,以1 2以上ί 皂化塗布液的反應條件,在室溫以1秒以上5分鐘 佳,以5秒以上5分鐘以下爲更佳,以20秒以上3 下爲特佳。皂化反應後,以水洗或在使用酸洗滌皂 布面後進行水洗爲佳。 又,可以連續進行塗布式皂化處理及後述的配 設,能夠減少步驟數。 爲了達成薄膜與機能層的黏著,在進行表面活 酸性溶 出的有 [以 0 .1 圍爲更 7 〇°c 的 布方法 布法及 化處理 使皂化 能夠保 丙醇爲 。皂化 、NaOH I更佳。 以下爲 分鐘以 化液塗 向膜塗 性化處 -77 - 1378120 理後’有直接在纖維素衍生物薄膜上,塗布機能層來得到 黏著力之方法,及進行一次某種表面處理後 '或是未進行 表面處理,設置底塗層(黏著層),在其上面塗布機能層之 方法。關於此等底塗層之詳細,在發明協會公開技報(公技 號碼2001-1 74 5、2001年3月15日發行、發明協會)之第 32頁有詳細的記載。又,關於本發明之醯化纖維素衍生物 薄膜的機能性層,各種機能性層在發明協會公開技報(公技 號碼2001-1 74 5、2001年3月15日發行、發明協會)之第 3 2〜4 5頁有詳細的記載。 爲了將本發明之醯化纖維素衍生物薄膜的Re値及Rth 値控制在各自的較佳範圍,較佳是適當地調整所使用通式 (1)〜(5)、(4-A)、(4-B)、(5-A)、(5-B)、(11)〜(13)、(14-A) 或是(14-B)中任一者所示化合物(遲滯値控制劑)的種類及 添加量、及薄膜的延伸等。特別是本發明藉由選擇能夠達 成希望Rth値之遲滯値控制劑,且適當地設定該遲滯値控 制劑的添加量及薄膜的延伸倍率來得到希望的Re値,能夠 得到一種具有希望Re値及Rth値之醯化纖維素衍生物薄 膜。 在本說明書,ReU )及Rth( A )係各自表示在波長A面 內的遲滯値及厚度方向的遲滯値。Re( λ )係藉由 KOBRA 2 1 ADH(王子計測機器(股)製、商品名)使波長λ奈米的光入 射薄膜的法線方向來測定。Rth( λ )係由前述Re( λ )、以面 內的遲相軸(藉由 KOBRA 21ADH判斷)作爲傾斜軸(旋轉 軸)’從相對於薄膜法線方向+40度傾斜方向入射波長λ奈 -78- 1378120 米的光,所測定得到的遲滯値、以及以內的遲相軸作爲傾 斜軸(旋轉軸),從相對於薄膜法線方向—40度傾斜方向入 射波長λ奈米的光,所測定得到的遲滞値計三個方向的測 定得到的遲滯値 '平均折射係數的假設値、以及入射的膜 厚度値爲基礎,由KOBRA 21ADH算出。在此,平均折射 係數的假設値可以使用「聚合物便覽」(JOHN WILEY&SONS, INC)、各種光學薄膜的商品目錄的値。若 平均折射係數並非已知時,可以使用阿貝折射計來測定。 主要光學薄膜的平均折射係數値如以下例示:醯化纖維素 (1.48)、環烯烴聚合物(1.52)、聚碳酸酯(1.59)、聚甲基丙 烯酸甲酯(1.49)、聚苯乙烯(1.59)。 首先,簡單敘述本發明之醯化纖維素衍生物薄膜的用 途。 本發明之醯化纖維素衍生物薄膜作爲光學薄膜、特別 是偏光板保護膜薄膜用、液晶顯示裝置的光學補償薄膜(亦 稱相位差薄膜)、反射型液晶顯示裝置的光學補償薄片、鹵 化銀照片感光材料用支撐體係有用的。 因此本發明之薄膜的厚度係取決於此等用途,沒有特 別限定,其中以3 0微米以上爲佳,以3 0〜2 0 0微米爲更佳。 使用作爲偏光板保護薄膜時,偏光板的製造方法沒有 特別限定,可以使用通常的方法製造。有對所得到的纖維 素衍生物薄膜進行鹼處理,使用完全皂化聚乙烯醇水溶 液,貼合於將聚乙烯醇薄膜在碘溶液中浸漬延伸所製得之 偏光子的兩面之方法,亦可以施行如特開平6-94915號、 -79- 1378120 特開平6- 1 1 82 3 2號各公報記載之易黏著加工來代替鹼處 理。爲了貼合保護薄膜處理面與偏光子所使用黏著劑,可 以舉出的有聚乙烯醇、聚乙烯丁縮醛等聚乙烯醇系黏著 劑、丙烯酸丁酯等乙烯系乳膠等。偏光板係由偏光子及保 護其兩面之保護薄膜所構成、並且其構成在該偏光板一側 的面貼合防護薄膜(protect film)、在相反側貼合隔離薄 膜。防護薄膜及隔離薄膜之目的係偏光板出貨時、製品檢 查時等,用以保護偏光板。 此時,防護薄膜係爲保護偏光板的表面之目的而貼 合,使用於貼合偏光板之貼合液晶板的面的相反側面。又, 隔離薄膜之使用,係爲了覆蓋貼合液晶板的黏著層之目 的,使用於偏光板之貼合液晶板的面側。液晶顯示裝置通 常在二片偏光板間配置有含有液晶之基板,其中應用本發 明的薄膜之偏光板保護薄膜,配置任何部位都能夠得到優 良的顯示性。特別是液晶顯示裝置的顯示側最表面之偏光 板保護薄膜,因爲設置有透明硬塗層、防眩層、抗反射層 等,以將該偏光板保護薄膜使用於該部分爲特佳。 本發明之纖維素衍生物薄膜可以使用於各式各樣的用 途,其中作爲液晶顯示裝置之光學補償薄片時特別有效。 本發明之纖維素衍生物薄膜(醯化纖維素薄膜),可以使用 於各式各樣顯示模式的液晶胞。如TN(扭曲向列;Twisted Nematic)、IPS(面內切換;In-Plane Switching)、FLC(鐵電 液晶;Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)、AFLC(抗鐡電液晶 Anti-Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)、OCB(光學補償彎曲: -80- 1378120-74 - 1378120 may be any of the same or different compositions, and may be a mixture of cerium species or a mixture of two or more, wherein the addition position of the additive may be the same layer or a solution of different agents may be the same concentration of each layer, each layer The associative molecular weight may be any one of the same, and the solution temperature of each layer may be any one of them. Further, the coating amount of each layer may be any one of them, and the film thickness after drying of each layer may be any one of them, and exists in each layer. In the original different distribution state, the physical properties of each layer may be any one of the phases, and the physical properties of the layers may be uniform or non-one. Here, the physical properties are included in the Invention Association 2001-1745, issued on March 15, 2001, and all the detailed contents of the page, such as haze, hysteresis 値Re, hysteresis 値Rth, molecular alignment axis, folding strength, Tensile strength, internal and external Rt differential friction, alkali hydrolysis, warpage, water shrinkage, high wetness evaluation, moisture permeability, basicity, heat shrinkage onset temperature, modulus of elasticity, and also used for substrate evaluation Interface, surface. In addition, the type of the yellow finger & ® additive of the deuterated cellulose, which was published in the Invention Association ί 2001-1745 and March 15, 2001, may be mentioned. Any one of the same or different thicknesses may be in the same state or the same or different physical properties in which S or different concentrations of the same or different associative molecular weights are the same or different. Physical property distribution No. 6~7 transmittance of the public technical report (ABC): spectral characteristics, axial offset, tear strength, squeak, rate, residual solvent amount, thermal base The flatness and the dimensional stability are measured by the foreign matter, and the first page of the technical report (the public technology number invention association), the transparency 'thermal property - 75 - 1378120 (Tg, heat of crystallization), and the like. The cellulose derivative film of the present invention can also be extended. In order to exhibit optical anisotropy, it is particularly preferable to be able to extend at an arbitrary magnification. The stretching can be carried out by a well-known method, for example, a temperature from a high temperature of 10 ° C higher than the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cellulose derivative film to a high temperature of 50 ° C, which can be uniaxially stretched by a tenter. Method, synchronous biaxial stretching method, successive biaxial stretching method, blow molding method to extend. Further, when the film is produced by the solution casting method, the residual solvent is in the range of 1 to 30%, more preferably in the range of 5 to 20%. The stretching ratio is preferably 1 to 2 times. The cellulose derivative film can be surface-treated as appropriate to achieve adhesion of the cellulose-derived film to each functional layer (e.g., undercoat layer and back layer). For example, luminescent discharge treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, corona treatment, flame treatment, acid or alkali treatment can be used. The illuminating discharge treatment referred to herein may be a low-temperature plasma produced under a low pressure gas of 1 〇 3 to 20 Torr (0.133 Pa to 2.67 kPa), or may be a plasma treatment under a large gas. The plasma-excited gas system refers to a gas which is excited by the plasma under the above conditions, and examples thereof include argon, nitrogen, helium, neon, krypton, nitrogen, carbon dioxide such as fluorine of tetrahydrofuran, and the like. In this regard, it is described in detail on pages 30 to 32 of the Inventor's Open Technical Bulletin (public technology number 2001-1745' issued March 15, 2001 'Invention Association'). The plasma treatment under atmospheric pressure, which is closely noticed, is, for example, at 10 to 1 〇〇〇 keV, using an irradiation energy of 20 to 500 kGy, more preferably 30 to 500 keV, using an irradiation energy of 20 to 3 00 kGy. Among these, it is particularly preferable that the saponification treatment is extremely effective as the surface treatment of the 醯-76 - 1378120 cellulose film. The saponification treatment is carried out by immersing the surface of the film in an alkali solution, followed by liquid neutralization, circulating water washing and drying. The alkali solution may be a potassium hydroxide solution, a sodium hydroxide solution or the like, and the range of the concentration of the hydroxide ion is preferably ~5.0 mol/liter, and is preferably from 0.5 to 4.0 m/liter. The temperature of the alkali solution is preferably in the range of room temperature to 90 ° C, more preferably in the range of 40 °. Further, the saponification treatment can be carried out by applying a saponification liquid, and the coating method may be a dipping method, a curtain flow method or an extrusion coating method. In order to apply the saponified liquid to the transparent support, the solvent of the soap coating liquid preferably has wettability, and it is preferred that the coating liquid is treated with a solvent to form irregularities on the surface of the transparent support and to have a good surface shape. Specifically, an alcohol solvent is preferred, and it is preferably excellent. Further, an aqueous solution of a surfactant may be used as the base of the solvent coating liquid, preferably dissolved in the above-mentioned alkali, and more preferably KOH. The pH of the saponified coating liquid is preferably 10 or more, and the reaction conditions of the saponified coating liquid of 1 2 or more are preferably 1 second or longer and 5 minutes at room temperature, more preferably 5 seconds or longer and 5 minutes or shorter, and more preferably 20 seconds or longer. The next is especially good. After the saponification reaction, it is preferably washed with water or washed with an acid washing soap. Further, the coating saponification treatment and the arrangement described later can be continuously performed, and the number of steps can be reduced. In order to achieve the adhesion of the film to the functional layer, the surface is acid-dissolved, and the saponification can be maintained by the cloth method of the coating method of 0.7%. Saponification and NaOH I are better. The following is the method of applying the chemical solution to the film-coating point -77 - 1378120. After the treatment, the method is applied directly to the cellulose derivative film to coat the functional layer to obtain the adhesion, and after performing a certain surface treatment. It is a method in which an undercoat layer (adhesive layer) is provided without a surface treatment, and a functional layer is coated thereon. The details of these undercoat layers are described in detail on page 32 of the Inventor's Association Technical Bulletin (public technology number 2001-1 74 5, March 15, 2001 issue, invention association). Further, regarding the functional layer of the deuterated cellulose derivative film of the present invention, various functional layers are disclosed in the Invention Association (Technical No. 2001-1 74 5, issued on March 15, 2001, Invention Association) Pages 3 2 to 4 5 are described in detail. In order to control Re値 and Rth値 of the deuterated cellulose derivative film of the present invention in respective preferred ranges, it is preferred to appropriately adjust the general formulae (1) to (5) and (4-A) to be used. a compound represented by any one of (4-B), (5-A), (5-B), (11) to (13), (14-A) or (14-B) (hysteresis oxime controlling agent) The type and amount of addition, and the extension of the film. In particular, in the present invention, by selecting a hysteresis controlling agent capable of achieving a desired Rth, and appropriately setting the amount of the hysteresis controlling agent and the stretching ratio of the film to obtain a desired Re, it is possible to obtain a desired Re Rth 醯 醯 纤维素 cellulose derivative film. In the present specification, ReU) and Rth(A) each indicate hysteresis 波长 in the wavelength A plane and hysteresis 厚度 in the thickness direction. Re ( λ ) is measured by a KOBRA 2 1 ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd., trade name) to direct the light of the wavelength λ nm into the normal direction of the film. Rth(λ) is the incident wavelength λ Nai from the above-mentioned Re(λ), the in-plane slow phase axis (determined by KOBRA 21ADH) as the tilt axis (rotation axis)' from the oblique direction of +40 degrees with respect to the film normal direction. -78- 1378120 meters of light, the measured hysteresis 値, and the slow phase axis within the axis as the tilt axis (rotation axis), from the oblique direction of the film normal direction - 40 degrees oblique direction of the incident wavelength λ nm light, The hysteresis 値 'average refractive index assumed by the measurement of the hysteresis measured in three directions was measured, and the incident film thickness 値 was calculated based on KOBRA 21ADH. Here, the assumption of the average refractive index can be achieved by using "polymer handbook" (JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC) and a catalogue of various optical films. If the average refractive index is not known, it can be measured using an Abbe refractometer. The average refractive index of the main optical film is as follows: deuterated cellulose (1.48), cycloolefin polymer (1.52), polycarbonate (1.59), polymethyl methacrylate (1.49), polystyrene (1.59). ). First, the use of the deuterated cellulose derivative film of the present invention will be briefly described. The cellulose-derivative cellulose derivative film of the present invention is used as an optical film, particularly a polarizing plate protective film film, an optical compensation film (also referred to as a retardation film) of a liquid crystal display device, an optical compensation sheet of a reflective liquid crystal display device, or a silver halide. Photographic materials are useful for support systems. Therefore, the thickness of the film of the present invention is not particularly limited depending on such applications, and it is preferably 30 μm or more, more preferably 30 0 to 200 μm. When a protective film for a polarizing plate is used, the method for producing the polarizing plate is not particularly limited, and it can be produced by a usual method. The method of subjecting the obtained cellulose derivative film to alkali treatment, using a fully saponified polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution, and bonding the two sides of the polarizer prepared by immersing the polyvinyl alcohol film in an iodine solution can also be carried out. For example, the special adhesive processing described in each of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-94915, -79-1378120, and No. 6- 1 1 82 3 2 is used instead of the alkali treatment. In order to adhere the adhesive to the protective film-treated surface and the polarizer, a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive such as polyvinyl alcohol or polyvinyl butyral or a vinyl latex such as butyl acrylate may be mentioned. The polarizing plate is composed of a polarizer and a protective film which protects both surfaces thereof, and has a protective film on the surface of the polarizing plate and a protective film on the opposite side. The purpose of the protective film and the release film is to protect the polarizing plate when the polarizing plate is shipped, when the product is inspected, and the like. At this time, the pellicle film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used to adhere the opposite side surface of the surface of the polarizing plate to which the liquid crystal panel is bonded. Further, the use of the release film is for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer of the liquid crystal panel, and is used for the surface of the polarizing plate to which the liquid crystal panel is bonded. In the liquid crystal display device, a substrate containing a liquid crystal is usually disposed between two polarizing plates, and a polarizing plate protective film of the film of the present invention is applied, and excellent display properties can be obtained in any part. In particular, the polarizing plate protective film on the display surface of the liquid crystal display device is particularly preferable because it is provided with a transparent hard coat layer, an antiglare layer, an antireflection layer, or the like. The cellulose derivative film of the present invention can be used in a wide variety of applications, and is particularly effective as an optical compensation sheet for a liquid crystal display device. The cellulose derivative film (deuterated cellulose film) of the present invention can be used for liquid crystal cells of various display modes. Such as TN (Twisted Nematic), IPS (In-Plane Switching), FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal), AFLC (Anti-Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal), OCB (optical) Compensation bending: -80- 1378120

Optically Compensatory Bend)、STN(超扭曲向歹Ij ; Supper Twisted Nematic)、VA(垂直配向;Vertically Aligned)及 HAN(混雜配向;Hybrid Aligned Nematic)等已被提出的各 式各樣的顯示模式。又,亦有提案揭示將上述顯示模式進 行配向分割而成的模式。 纖維素衍生物薄膜使用於任一種顯示模式的液晶顯示 裝置都有效。又,使用於穿透型、反射型、半穿透型其中 任一種液晶顯示裝置亦都有效。可以將本發明之纖維素衍 生物薄膜使用於具有TN模式的液晶胞之TN型液晶顯示裝 置作爲光學補償薄片的支撐體。亦可以將本發明之纖維素 衍生物薄膜使用於具有STN模式的液晶胞之STN型液晶顯 示裝置作爲光學補償薄片的支撐體。 通常’ S TN型液晶顯示裝置之液晶胞中的棒狀液晶分 子係在90〜360度的範圍扭曲,棒狀液晶性分子的折射係 數異方向性(△ η)與液晶胞間隙(d)的乘積(△ nd)係在3 00〜 1500奈米的範圍。關於STN型液晶顯示裝置所使用的光學 補償薄片’在特開2000- 1 053 1 6號公報有記載。本發明之 醯化纖維素薄膜使用作爲具有VA模式的液晶胞之VA型液 晶顯示裝置所使用的光學補償薄片的支撐體係特別有利 的。本發明之纖維素衍生物薄膜使用作爲具有0CB模式的 液晶胞之Ο C B型液晶顯示裝置或是具有η AN模式的液晶 胞之HAN型液晶顯示裝置所使用的光學補償薄片的支撐體 係特別有利的。 本發明之纖維素衍生物薄膜使用作爲TN型、STN型' 1 1378120 HAN型、GH(客·主;Guest-Host)型之反射型液晶顯示裝置 的光學補償薄片亦是有利用的。此等顯示模式係以往被熟 知的。TN型反射型液晶顯示裝置在特開平1 0- 1 23478號、 國際公開WO9 8/4 8320號、特許第3022477號之各公報有 記載。在反射型液晶顯示裝置所使用的光學補償薄片, WOOO-65384號有記載。本發明之纖維衍生物薄膜使用作爲 具有 ASM(Axially Symmetric Aligned Microcell)模式的液 晶胞之ASM型液晶顯示裝置的光學補償薄片的支撐體亦 是有利的。ASM模式的液晶胞之特徵爲,其液晶胞的厚度 係藉由可以調整位置之樹脂間隔物來維持。 其他性質係與TN模式的液晶胞相同。關於ASM模式 的液晶胞與ASM型液晶顯示裝置,在Kume等人的論文 (Kume 等人,SID 98 Digest 1089 (1998))有記載。上述之 此等詳細的纖維素衍生物薄膜的用途在發明協會公開技報 (公技號碼2001-1745、2001年3月15日發行、發明協會) 之第4 5〜5 9頁有詳細的記載。 [實施例] 以下,舉出實施例及比較例,更具體地說明本發明。 在未背離本發明的宗旨之範圍,以下實施例所示材料、使 用量、比例、處理內容' 處理順序等可以適當地變更。因 此’本發明的範圍不應只限定在依據以下所示具體例所作 的解釋》 通式(1)〜(5)、(4-A)、(4-B)、(5-A)、(5-B)、(li)〜(13)、 (HA)或是(14-B)中任一者所示化合物之合成Optically Compensatory Bend), STN (Super Twisted Nej; Supper Twisted Nematic), VA (Vertically Aligned), and HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic) have been proposed for various display modes. Further, there has been proposed a mode in which the display mode is divided and aligned. The cellulose derivative film is effective for use in a liquid crystal display device of any of the display modes. Further, it is also effective for use in any of liquid crystal display devices of the transmissive type, the reflective type, and the semi-transmissive type. The cellulose derivative film of the present invention can be used as a support of an optical compensation sheet for a TN type liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell of a TN mode. The cellulose derivative film of the present invention can also be used as a support for an optical compensation sheet in an STN type liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell of an STN mode. Generally, the rod-like liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal cell of the 'S TN type liquid crystal display device are distorted in the range of 90 to 360 degrees, and the refractive index of the rod-like liquid crystal molecules is different in the directivity (Δη) and the liquid crystal cell gap (d). The product (Δ nd) is in the range of 300 to 1500 nm. The optical compensation sheet used in the STN type liquid crystal display device is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-1 053. The deuterated cellulose film of the present invention is particularly advantageous in use as a support system for an optical compensation sheet used as a VA type liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell of a VA mode. The cellulose derivative film of the present invention is particularly advantageous for use as a support system for an optical compensation sheet used for a liquid crystal cell having a 0CB mode, a CB type liquid crystal display device, or a HAN type liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell of an η AN mode. . The cellulose derivative film of the present invention is also used as an optical compensation sheet of a reflective liquid crystal display device of the TN type, the STN type '1 1378120 HAN type, and the GH (Guest-Host) type. These display modes are known in the past. The TN-type reflective liquid crystal display device is described in each of the publications of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. An optical compensation sheet used in a reflective liquid crystal display device is described in WOOO-65384. The fiber derivative film of the present invention is also advantageously used as a support for an optical compensation sheet of an ASM type liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal cell of an ASM (Axially Symmetric Aligned Microcell) mode. The liquid crystal cell of the ASM mode is characterized in that the thickness of the liquid crystal cell is maintained by a resin spacer which can be adjusted in position. Other properties are the same as those of the TN mode. The liquid crystal cell and the ASM type liquid crystal display device of the ASM mode are described in Kume et al. (Kume et al., SID 98 Digest 1089 (1998)). The use of the above-mentioned detailed cellulose derivative film is described in detail on pages 45 to 59 of the Inventor's Association Technical Bulletin (public technology number 2001-1745, March 15, 2001 issue, invention association). . [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically by way of examples and comparative examples. The materials, the amounts, the ratios, the processing contents, the processing order, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the scope of the invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be limited only to the explanation based on the specific examples shown below. General formulas (1) to (5), (4-A), (4-B), (5-A), Synthesis of a compound represented by any of 5-B), (li)~(13), (HA) or (14-B)

-82 - 1378120 [實施例1 ·例示化合物(A _ 2)的合成] 依照以下的企劃,合成例示化合物(A-2)。 [化學式56]-82 - 1378120 [Example 1 - Synthesis of exemplified compound (A _ 2)] The compound (A-2) was synthesized according to the following scheme. [Chemical Formula 56]

[中間體(S3)的合成j 在1000毫升MEK(甲基乙基酮)添加134.4克2.4-二羥 基安息香酸甲酯(S1)' 263克中間體(S2)、221克碳酸钾, 在8 0 °C的熱水浴上加熱攪拌6小時。反應結束後,使用減 壓過濾來分開無機鹽後,減壓濃縮溶劑。當殘餘量爲約7〇〇 克時’添加1000毫升乙酸乙酯、及水,萃取有機層。以 1 N鹽酸水、水、飽和食鹽水按照順序洗滌有機層後,使用 硫酸鎂乾燥’減壓蒸餾去除溶劑。使用矽膠柱層析法(展開 溶劑、乙酸乙酯/正己烷=1/2〜2/3)精製餘渣,得到100克 油狀物形式的中間體(S 3 )。 [中間體(S4)的合成] 在3 00毫升二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)添加100克中間體 (S3)、52.5毫升硫酸二甲酯、1〇2克碳酸鈣,在90-c的熱 水浴上加熱攪拌6小時。反應結束後,添加乙酸乙酯,使 用減壓過濾來分開無機鹽後,在濾液中加水,萃取有機層。 以1 N鹽酸水、水、飽和食鹽水按照順序洗滌有機層後,使 -83 - 1378120 用硫酸鎂乾燥,減壓蒸餾去除溶劑。所得到的油狀物不必 精製,供下一步驟使用。 將該甲酯體溶解在200毫升甲醇、222毫升5N氫氧化 ' 鉀水溶液中,在40°C攪拌2小時。隨後,添加至5 00毫升 水、92毫升12N鹽酸水的混合液中,接著添加5 0 0毫升乙 酸乙酯,分離取得有機層。以水、飽和食鹽水按照順序洗 滌有機層/使用硫酸鎂乾燥後,減壓蒸餾去除溶劑。如此 - 進行,得到77克油狀物形式的中間體(S4)。 ® [例示化合物(A-2)的合成] 將15.3克中間體(S4)、100毫升甲苯、0.1毫升二甲基 : 甲醯胺加熱至70°C後,慢慢滴加4.55毫升氯化亞硫醯,滴 加後在7〇°C攪拌1小時。隨後,對反應液添加9.62克將 ' 4-苯基苯酚(S5)溶解在20毫升二甲基甲醯胺而成的溶液, 並且在70°C反應2小時。反應後,冷卻至室溫後,將反應 液添加至25 0毫升水、250毫升甲醇之混合溶液中、攪拌。 藉由減壓過濾得到1 4.3克白色固體形式的例示性化合物 ® (A-2)(產率 60%)。 又,化合物的鑑定係使用1H-NMR (400MHz)來進行。 'H-NMR (CDC13) 3.4 1 (s, 3H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.92 (m, 5H), 4.26(m, 2H), 6.58 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, 2H), 7.36(m, 1H), 7.44(1, 2H)S 7.60(m, 4H), 8.10(d, 1H) [實施例2:例示化合物(A-27)的合成] 依照以下的企劃,合成例示化合物(A - 2 7)。 [化學式57] -84 - 1378120[Synthesis of intermediate (S3) j In 1000 ml of MEK (methyl ethyl ketone), add 134.4 g of methyl 2.4-dihydroxybenzoate (S1)' 263 g of intermediate (S2), 221 g of potassium carbonate, at 8 The mixture was heated and stirred for 6 hours on a hot water bath at 0 °C. After completion of the reaction, the inorganic salt was separated by vacuum filtration, and the solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure. When the residual amount was about 7 gram, 1000 ml of ethyl acetate and water were added, and the organic layer was extracted. The organic layer was washed successively with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, water, and brine, and then evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (yield solvent, ethyl acetate / n-hexane = 1/2 to 2/3) to afford 100 g of Intermediate (S 3 ) as an oil. [Synthesis of intermediate (S4)] In 300 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF), 100 g of intermediate (S3), 52.5 ml of dimethyl sulfate, and 1 g of calcium carbonate at 90-c were added. The mixture was heated and stirred for 6 hours on a hot water bath. After completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate was added, and the inorganic salt was separated by filtration under reduced pressure, and then water was added to the filtrate to extract an organic layer. The organic layer was washed successively with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, water, and brine, and then dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated. The resulting oil does not have to be refined for use in the next step. The methyl ester body was dissolved in 200 ml of methanol, 222 ml of a 5N aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide, and stirred at 40 ° C for 2 hours. Subsequently, it was added to a mixed liquid of 500 ml of water and 92 ml of 12N hydrochloric acid water, followed by the addition of 500 ml of ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was separated. The organic layer was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution and dried over magnesium sulfate. In this way, 77 g of the intermediate (S4) in the form of an oil was obtained. ® [Synthesis of exemplified compound (A-2)] After heating 15.3 g of the intermediate (S4), 100 ml of toluene, 0.1 ml of dimethyl:carbamamine to 70 ° C, slowly add 4.55 ml of chloride Thiopurine was stirred at 7 ° C for 1 hour after the dropwise addition. Subsequently, 9.62 g of a solution obtained by dissolving '4-phenylphenol (S5) in 20 ml of dimethylformamide was added to the reaction liquid, and reacted at 70 ° C for 2 hours. After the reaction, after cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was added to a mixed solution of 250 ml of water and 250 ml of methanol, and stirred. An exemplary compound ® (A-2) (yield 60%) of 14.3 g of a white solid was obtained by filtration under reduced pressure. Further, the identification of the compound was carried out using 1H-NMR (400 MHz). 'H-NMR (CDC13) 3.4 1 (s, 3H), 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.92 (m, 5H), 4.26 (m, 2H), 6.58 (m, 2H), 7.29 (d, 2H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.44 (1, 2H)S 7.60 (m, 4H), 8.10 (d, 1H) [Example 2: Synthesis of the exemplified compound (A-27)] The following schemes are synthesized to exemplify the compound (A - 27). [Chemical Formula 57] -84 - 1378120

HaCO OCHa V—L〇h + ho-^~^-JL〇h (S4) (S6) PH3H〇--cy0-c OH (S6) H^CO- 《例示化合物A—27) -OCHj [中間體(S 7 )的合成] 將77克中間體(S4)、500毫升甲苯、0.6毫升二甲基甲 φ 醯胺加熱至70 °C後,慢慢地滴加29.5毫升氯化亞硫醯,滴 — 加後在7 0 °C加熱攪拌1小時。隨後,對反應液添加5 0.8 克將4-羥基安息香酸(S6)溶解在100毫升二甲基甲醯胺而 - 成的溶液,並且在7〇°C反應2小時。反應後,冷卻至室溫 後,將反應液添加至1 5 00毫升水、5 00毫升甲醇之混合溶 液中、攪拌,析出粗體形式的中間體(S 7)。藉由減壓過濾 來分開結晶後,再次分散在水/甲醇中、洗滌,藉由減壓過 濾得到1 0 0克白色固體形式的例示性化合物(S 7 )。 φ [例示化合物(A-2 7)的合成] 將14.7克中間體(S7)溶解在150毫升四氫呋喃(THF) 中,使用冰/甲醇冷卻至0°C。隨後,將2.9毫升氯甲烷、 及6.53毫升N,N-二異丙基乙胺邊保持內溫以下、邊慢 慢地滴加’隨後在0。(:以下繼續攪拌2小時。隨後,依照 順序慢慢添加將3.0克中間體(S 8)溶解在20毫升THF而成 的溶液、6.53毫升N,N-二異丙基乙胺 '及0.23克N,N-二 甲胺基吡啶,過濾析出的白色固體。使用乙酸乙酯/甲醇對 所得到的粗結晶進行再結晶來精製,得到8克白色固體形 -85 - 1378120 式的例示性化合物(A - 2 7)(產率5 6 % )。 又,化合物的鑑定係使用1 H-N MR (4 0 0MHz)來進行。 1 H-NMR(CDC13) 3.41 (s, 6H), 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.75 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 1 OH), 4.26(m, 4H), 6.58 (m, 4H), 7.32 (d, 4H), 7.40(d, 4H), 7.65(m, 4H), 8.10(d, 2H) · 8.30 (d, 4H) 所得到化合物的熔點係1 1 5 °C。 [實施例3 :例示化合物(B - 2 6 )的合成] 依照以下的企劃,合成例示化合物(B-26)。 [化學式58]HaCO OCHa V—L〇h + ho-^~^-JL〇h (S4) (S6) PH3H〇--cy0-c OH (S6) H^CO- "Exemplified Compound A-27" -OCHj [Intermediate Synthesis of (S 7 )] After heating 77 g of the intermediate (S4), 500 ml of toluene, and 0.6 ml of dimethylformamide to 70 ° C, 29.5 ml of thionous chloride was slowly added dropwise. — After heating, stir at 70 ° C for 1 hour. Subsequently, 5 0.8 g of a solution in which 4-hydroxybenzoic acid (S6) was dissolved in 100 ml of dimethylformamide was added to the reaction solution, and reacted at 7 ° C for 2 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the reaction mixture was added to a mixed solution of 1 500 ml of water and 500 ml of methanol, and stirred to precipitate an intermediate (S 7) in a crude form. After separating and crystallizing by filtration under reduced pressure, it was again dispersed in water/methanol, and washed, and then filtered under reduced pressure to obtain 100 g of an exemplary compound (S 7 ) as a white solid. φ [Synthesis of the exemplified compound (A-2 7)] 14.7 g of the intermediate (S7) was dissolved in 150 ml of tetrahydrofuran (THF) and cooled to 0 °C using ice/methanol. Subsequently, 2.9 ml of methyl chloride and 6.53 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine were added while being kept below the internal temperature, and slowly and slowly added 'subsequently at 0. (: The stirring was continued for 2 hours. Then, a solution of 3.0 g of the intermediate (S 8) dissolved in 20 ml of THF, 6.53 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine' and 0.23 g were slowly added in this order. N,N-dimethylaminopyridine was filtered, and the precipitated white solid was filtered. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from ethyl acetate/methanol to give 8 g of white solids of the formula (85 - 1378120). A - 2 7) (yield 5 6 %). Further, the identification of the compound was carried out using 1 HN MR (400 MHz). 1 H-NMR (CDC13) 3.41 (s, 6H), 3.60 (m, 4H) ), 3.75 (m, 4H), 3.92 (m, 1 OH), 4.26 (m, 4H), 6.58 (m, 4H), 7.32 (d, 4H), 7.40 (d, 4H), 7.65 (m, 4H) 8.10 (d, 2H) · 8.30 (d, 4H) The melting point of the obtained compound is 1 15 ° C. [Example 3: Synthesis of exemplified compound (B - 2 6 )] According to the following scheme, synthesis is exemplified Compound (B-26) [Chemical Formula 58]

[中間體(T3)的合成] 將17克中間體(T1)、100毫升甲苯、0.25毫升二甲基 ® 甲醯胺加熱至7〇t後,慢慢地滴加4.55毫升氯化亞硫醯, 滴加後在7〇°C加熱攪拌2小時。隨後,對反應液添加7.82 克將4 -羥基安息香酸(T2)溶解在20毫升二甲基甲醯胺而成 的溶液,並且在70°C反應2小時。反應後,冷卻至室溫後, 添加乙酸乙酯、水,分離取得有機層。以1 N鹽酸水、水、 , 飽和食鹽水按照順序洗滌有機層,使用硫酸鎂乾燥後,減 壓蒸餾去除溶劑。對餘渣添加二氯甲烷,藉由過濾回收所 析出的白色固體,得到14.7克中間體(T3)(產率62%) -86 - 1378120 [例示化合物(B - 2 6 )的合成] 將14.7克中間體(T3)溶解在1〇〇毫升THF中,使用冰 /甲醇冷卻至0°C。隨後,將2.71毫升氯甲烷、及6.10毫 升Ν,Ν·二異丙基乙胺邊保持內溫〇〇c以下、邊慢慢地滴 加’隨後在0°C以下繼續攪拌2小時。隨後,依照順序慢 慢添加將2.17克4,4’·雙酚溶解在20毫升THF而成的溶 液、6.10毫升N,N -二異丙基乙胺、及〇.214克Ν,Ν -二甲胺 基吡啶,使反應物邊回到室溫邊繼續攪拌。放置一夜後, 添加100毫升甲醇’過濾析出的白色固體。使用乙酸乙酯、 二氯甲院/甲醇對所得到的粗結晶進行再結晶來精製,得到 6.5克白色固體形式的例示性化合物(Β_26)(產率56%)。 又’化合物的鑑定係使用1H-NMR (400MHz)來進行。 丨 H-NMR (CDC13) <5 3.4 0 (s,6H),3.60 (m,4H),3.76 (m, 4H), 3.90 (m, 6H), 3.94(m, 6H), 3.95 (m, 4H), 4.32(m, 4H), 6.69 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, 4H), 7.38(d, 4H), 7.60(s, 2H), 7.65(d, 4H) · 8.28 (d, 4H) 所得到化合物的熔點係1 3 8乞。 [實施例3-1 :例示化合物(1 A_6)的合成] 依照以下的企劃’合成例示化合物(丨A - 6 )。 [化學式59] -87 - 1378120[Synthesis of intermediate (T3)] After heating 17 g of the intermediate (T1), 100 ml of toluene, 0.25 ml of dimethylamylamine to 7 〇t, 4.55 ml of thionyl chloride was slowly added dropwise. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was heated and stirred at 7 ° C for 2 hours. Subsequently, 7.82 g of a solution obtained by dissolving 4-hydroxybenzoic acid (T2) in 20 ml of dimethylformamide was added to the reaction liquid, and reacted at 70 ° C for 2 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and then ethyl acetate and water were added, and the organic layer was separated. The organic layer was washed sequentially with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, water, and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. Methylene chloride was added to the residue, and the precipitated white solid was recovered by filtration to give 14.7 g of Intermediate (T3) (yield: 62%) -86 - 1378120 [Synthesis of the exemplified compound (B - 2 6 )] The gram intermediate (T3) was dissolved in 1 mL of THF and cooled to 0 °C using ice/methanol. Subsequently, 2.71 ml of methyl chloride and 6.10 ml of hydrazine and hydrazine diisopropylethylamine were slowly added while maintaining the internal temperature 以下 c or less. Then, stirring was continued for 2 hours at 0 ° C or lower. Subsequently, a solution of 2.17 g of 4,4'·bisphenol dissolved in 20 ml of THF, 6.10 ml of N,N-diisopropylethylamine, and 214.214 g of hydrazine, Ν-two were slowly added in order. Methyl pyridine was allowed to continue to reflux while the reaction was returned to room temperature. After standing overnight, 100 ml of methanol was added to filter out the precipitated white solid. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized using ethyl acetate, methylene chloride/methanol to give 6.5 g of the crude compound (yield: 26) as a white solid (yield: 56%). Further, the identification of the compound was carried out using 1H-NMR (400 MHz).丨H-NMR (CDC13) <5 3.4 0 (s,6H), 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.90 (m, 6H), 3.94 (m, 6H), 3.95 (m, 4H), 4.32(m, 4H), 6.69 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, 4H), 7.38(d, 4H), 7.60(s, 2H), 7.65(d, 4H) · 8.28 (d, 4H The melting point of the obtained compound is 1 38 乞. [Example 3-1: Synthesis of exemplified compound (1 A_6)] The compound (丨A - 6 ) was synthesized according to the following scheme. [Chemical Formula 59] -87 - 1378120

〇ch3 C,Ht OCH,〇ch3 C, Ht OCH,

C2Hs )—\ Me^O^/KjCOa KOH/MeOH CgHfl Br _____卜 _^ Ki-COaC2Hs )—\ Me^O^/KjCOa KOH/MeOH CgHfl Br _____ Bu _^ Ki-COa

(S”) (S12)(S") (S12)

, [中間體(Si 1)的合成] # 在500毫升二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)中添加67.3克2.4 -二 羥基安息香酸甲酯、85.3毫升2 -乙基己基溴 '及137.5克 碳酸鉀,在90°C的熱水浴上加熱攪拌6小時。隨後,添加 7 5.9毫升硫酸二甲酯、1 3 7克碳酸鉀,繼續加熱攪拌1 0小 - 時。反應結束後,添加5 0 0毫升乙酸乙酯,使用減壓過濾 來分開無機鹽。對濾液添加水,使用乙酸乙酯萃取有機層 二次。以1莫耳/1鹽酸水、水、飽和食鹽水按照順序洗滌 有機層後,使用硫酸鎂乾燥,減壓蒸餾去除溶劑。使用矽 ® 膠柱層析法(展開溶劑、乙酸乙酯/正己烷=1/10)精製餘渣, 得到70克油狀物形式的中間體(產率59%) »將該甲酯體溶 解在〗50毫升甲醇、143毫升5N氫氧化鉀水溶液中,加熱 回流2小時。隨後,添加至500毫升水、59.3毫升KN鹽 酸水的混合液中,接著添加500毫升乙酸乙酯,分離取得 有機層。以水 '飽和食鹽水按照順序洗滌有機層,使用硫 酸鎂乾燥後,減壓蒸餾去除溶劑。如此進行,得到6 6克油 狀物形式的中間體(S1 1)。[Synthesis of intermediate (Si 1)] #67.3 g of methyl 2.4-dihydroxybenzoate, 85.3 ml of 2-ethylhexyl bromide and 137.5 g of carbonic acid were added to 500 ml of dimethylformamide (DMF). Potassium was heated and stirred on a hot water bath at 90 ° C for 6 hours. Subsequently, 7 5.9 ml of dimethyl sulfate and 137 g of potassium carbonate were added, and heating was continued for stirring for 10 hours. After completion of the reaction, 500 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the inorganic salt was separated by filtration under reduced pressure. Water was added to the filtrate, and the organic layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with 1 mol/1 hydrochloric acid water, water and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The residue was purified by hydrazine gel column chromatography (developing solvent, ethyl acetate / n-hexane = 1/10) to afford 70 g (yield: 59%) The mixture was heated under reflux for 2 hours in 50 ml of methanol and 143 ml of 5N aqueous potassium hydroxide. Subsequently, it was added to a mixed liquid of 500 ml of water and 59.3 ml of KN hydrochloric acid water, followed by the addition of 500 ml of ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was separated. The organic layer was washed with water in a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and evaporated to remove solvent. This was carried out to obtain 6 6 g of an intermediate (S1 1) in the form of an oil.

-88- 1378120 [中間體(S 1 3 )的合成] 將28克中間體(S11)、100毫升甲苯、0.1毫升二甲基 甲醯胺加熱至7〇°C後,慢慢滴加8.03毫升氯化亞硫醯’滴 加後在7 0 eC攪拌1小時。隨後,對反應液添加1 3 · 8 1克將 4 -羥基安息香酸(S12)溶解在20毫升二甲基甲醯胺而成的 溶液,並且在7 0 °C反應2小時。反應後,冷卻至室溫後, 添加乙酸乙酯、水,分離取得有機層。以1 N鹽酸水、水、 飽和食鹽水按照順序洗滌有機層後,使用硫酸鎂乾燥,減 壓蒸餾去除溶劑。使用矽膠柱層析法(展開溶劑、二氯甲烷 /甲醇=20/1)精製餘渣,用正己烷分散、減壓過濾得到21 .8 克白色固體形式的中間體(S 13) [例示化合物(1A-6)的合成] 將19.22克中間體(S13)、3_72克4,4’-雙酚、0.98克二 甲基胺基吡啶溶解在75毫升二氯甲烷、25毫升THF,對 此慢慢添加10.73克二環己基二碳化二醯亞胺,接著,使 該溶液回流3小時。隨後,使反應液冷卻至室溫,過濾分 開所析出的結晶(二環己脲),對濾液添加水,分離取得有 機層。以1 N鹽酸水、水、飽和食鹽水按照順序洗滌有機層 後,使用硫酸鎂乾燥,減壓蒸餾去除溶劑。使用矽膠柱層 析法精製餘渣,進而藉由從二氯甲烷/甲醇進行再結晶,得 到6.4克白色固體形式的例示化合物(1A-6)。 又,化合物的鑑定係使用】Η ·Ν MR (400MHz)來進行》 'H-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.89(m, 1 2 Η),1 · 2 8 - 1 · 6 0 (m,1 6 Η), 1.76(m, 2Η), 3.92(m, 10H), 6.55(m, 4H), 7.29(d, 4H), • 89 - 1378120 7.38(d, 4H), 7.64(d, 4H), 8.08(d, 2H), 8.29 (ds 4H) 所得到化合物的熔點係94°C。 [實施例4] 乙酸纖維素薄膜的製造 將下述乙酸纖維素溶液組成的各成分,投入混合槽 邊加熱邊攪拌、溶解各成分,調製乙酸纖維素溶液。 1〇〇質量份 7.8質量份 3.9質量份 3 1 8質量份 47質量份-88- 1378120 [Synthesis of intermediate (S 1 3 )] After heating 28 g of the intermediate (S11), 100 ml of toluene and 0.1 ml of dimethylformamide to 7 ° C, slowly add 8.03 ml. After the dropwise addition of thionyl chloride, it was stirred at 70 ° C for 1 hour. Subsequently, 1 3 · 8 1 g of a solution obtained by dissolving 4-hydroxybenzoic acid (S12) in 20 ml of dimethylformamide was added to the reaction liquid, and the reaction was carried out at 70 ° C for 2 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and then ethyl acetate and water were added, and the organic layer was separated. The organic layer was washed sequentially with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, water, and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (developing solvent, methylene chloride/methanol = 20/1), eluted with n-hexane, and filtered under reduced pressure to give 2,8 g of intermediate (S 13) as a white solid. Synthesis of (1A-6)] 19.22 g of the intermediate (S13), 3 - 72 g of 4,4'-bisphenol, 0.98 g of dimethylaminopyridine were dissolved in 75 ml of dichloromethane, 25 ml of THF, which was slow. 10.73 g of dicyclohexyldicarbodiimide was slowly added, and then the solution was refluxed for 3 hours. Subsequently, the reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals (dicyclohexylurea) were separated by filtration, and water was added to the filtrate to separate an organic layer. The organic layer was washed successively with 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid, water and brine, and dried over magnesium sulfate. The residue was purified by a silica gel column chromatography, and then recrystallized from dichloromethane/methanol to afford 6.4 g of the compound (1A-6) as a white solid. Further, the identification of the compound was carried out using Η·Ν MR (400 MHz). 'H-NMR (CDC13) δ 0.89 (m, 1 2 Η), 1 · 2 8 - 1 · 6 0 (m, 16 Η) ), 1.76(m, 2Η), 3.92(m, 10H), 6.55(m, 4H), 7.29(d, 4H), • 89 - 1378120 7.38(d, 4H), 7.64(d, 4H), 8.08( d, 2H), 8.29 (ds 4H) The obtained compound has a melting point of 94 °C. [Example 4] Production of cellulose acetate film Each component of the following cellulose acetate solution was placed in a mixing tank while stirring, and the components were stirred and dissolved to prepare a cellulose acetate solution. 1 part by mass 7.8 parts by mass 3.9 parts by mass 3 1 8 parts by mass 47 parts by mass

(乙酸纖維素溶液組成) 醯化度60.9%之乙酸纖維素 三苯基磷酸酯(可塑劑) 聯苯二苯基磷酸酯(可塑劑) 二氯甲烷=(第1溶劑). 甲醇(第2溶劑) 在另外混合槽中投入1 6質量份例示性化合物(B-2)、 (B-17)、 (A-26)、 (B-26)、 (A-27)、 (B-31)、 (A-36)、 (B-36)、 (A_41)、(A-48)、(IB-2)、(1Α-6)、(1Α-7)、(IB-7)、(1A-12)、 (1A-21)、(1B-21)、或(1A-26)、或是比較化合物、87質量 份二氯甲烷及13質量份甲醇,邊加熱邊攪拌,調製遲滯値 控制劑溶液。 在4 7 4質量份乙酸纖維素溶液混合3 6質量份遲滯値控 制(上升)劑溶液,充分攪拌來調製膠漿。遲滯値控制劑係 相對於1 〇〇質量份乙酸纖維素,添加了表1或2所記載的 量。 將所得到的膠漿流延使用帶式流延機進行流延。將殘(Composition of cellulose acetate solution) Cellulose acetate triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) with a degree of deuteration of 60.9% Biphenyl diphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) Dichloromethane = (1st solvent). Methanol (2nd) Solvent) Into another mixing tank, 16 parts by mass of the exemplary compounds (B-2), (B-17), (A-26), (B-26), (A-27), (B-31) were charged. , (A-36), (B-36), (A_41), (A-48), (IB-2), (1Α-6), (1Α-7), (IB-7), (1A- 12), (1A-21), (1B-21), or (1A-26), or a comparative compound, 87 parts by mass of dichloromethane, and 13 parts by mass of methanol, and stirred while heating to prepare a retardation 値 control agent solution . A mixture of 36 parts by mass of a hysteresis control (rising) solution was mixed with 4.7 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate solution, and the mixture was thoroughly stirred to prepare a dope. The hysteresis control agent was added in an amount described in Table 1 or 2 with respect to 1 part by mass of cellulose acetate. The obtained dope was cast using a belt casting machine. Will be disabled

•90- 1378120 餘溶劑量爲1 5質量%的薄膜,以1 3 0 °C的條件,使用拉幅 機進行20%延仲倍率之橫向延伸,製得乙酸纖維素薄膜(厚 度:92微米)。所製得乙酸纖維素薄膜(光學補償薄膜),測 定在波長590奈米之Re遲滯値及Rth遲滯値。結果如表! 及2所示。 < R e、R t h 測定〉• 90- 1378120 film with a solvent content of 15% by mass, and a transverse stretch of 20% retardation at a tenter machine at 130 ° C to obtain a cellulose acetate film (thickness: 92 μm) . A cellulose acetate film (optical compensation film) was prepared, and Re hysteresis and Rth hysteresis at a wavelength of 590 nm were measured. The result is like a watch! And 2 shown. < R e, R t h determination>

Re係藉由KOBRA 21 ADH(王子計測機器(股)製、商品 名)使波長5 90奈米的光入射薄膜的法線方向來測定。Rth 係由前述Re、以面內的遲相軸(藉由KOBRA 21 A DH判斷) 作爲傾斜軸(旋轉軸),從相對於薄膜法線方向+40度傾斜方 向入射波長5 9 0奈米的光,所測定得到的遲滯値、以及以 內的遲相軸作爲傾斜軸(旋轉軸),從相對於薄膜法線方向 - 4 0度傾斜方向入射波長λ奈米的光,所測定得到的遲滯 値計三個方向的測定得到的遲滯値、平均折射係數的假設 値、以及入射的膜厚度値爲基礎,由KOBRA21ADH算出。The Re is measured by a KOBRA 21 ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd., trade name) to make a light having a wavelength of 5 90 nm incident on the normal direction of the film. Rth is the above-mentioned Re, with the in-plane slow axis (determined by KOBRA 21 A DH) as the tilt axis (rotation axis), and the incident wavelength of 590 nm from the oblique direction of +40 degrees with respect to the normal direction of the film. The measured hysteresis is obtained by measuring the obtained hysteresis 値 and the retardation axis within the axis as the tilt axis (rotation axis) from the light incident on the wavelength λ nm from the normal direction of the film - 40 degrees. Based on the hysteresis 测定 obtained by the measurement in three directions, the assumption of the average refractive index 以及, and the incident film thickness 値, calculated by KOBRA21ADH.

1378120 表11378120 Table 1

No. 添加劑 添加量 質量份 Re (奈米) Rth (奈米) Re/Rth 備註 ] te 0 2 50 0.04 比較例 2 比較化合物 2 20 115 0.17 比較例 3 比較化合物 5 38 180 0.21 比較例 4 例示化合物(B-2) 5 36 141 0.26 本發明 5 例示化合物(B-17) 5 21 94 0.22 本發明 6 例示化合物(A-26) 2 38 97 0.39 本發明 7 例示化合物(B-26) 2 29 119 0.24 本發明 8 例示化合物(B-26) 3,5 39 140 0.28 本發明 9 例示化合物(A-27) 2 34 83 0.41 本發明 10 例示化合物(A-27) 3.5 55 162 0.34 本發明 11 例示化合物(B-31) 2 35 94 0.37 本發明 12 例示化合物(B-36) 2 48 118 0.41 本發明 13 例示化合物(B-36) 2 41 147 0.28 本發明 14 例示化合物(A-41) 2 35 92 0.38 本發明 15 例示化合物(A-48) 2 34 74 0.46 本發明 -92 1378120 表2No. Additive amount by mass Re (nano) Rth (nano) Re/Rth Remarks] te 0 2 50 0.04 Comparative Example 2 Comparative compound 2 20 115 0.17 Comparative Example 3 Comparative compound 5 38 180 0.21 Comparative Example 4 Exemplary compound (B-2) 5 36 141 0.26 The present invention 5 exemplified compound (B-17) 5 21 94 0.22 The present invention 6 exemplified compound (A-26) 2 38 97 0.39 The present invention 7 exemplified compound (B-26) 2 29 119 0.24 The present invention 8 exemplified compound (B-26) 3,5 39 140 0.28 9 exemplified compound (A-27) 2 34 83 0.41 10 exemplified compound (A-27) 3.5 55 162 0.34 11 exemplified compound of the present invention (B-31) 2 35 94 0.37 12 exemplified compound (B-36) 2 48 118 0.41 of the present invention 13 exemplified compound (B-36) 2 41 147 0.28 The present invention 14 exemplified compound (A-41) 2 35 92 0.38 The present invention 15 exemplified compound (A-48) 2 34 74 0.46 The present invention - 92 1378120 Table 2

No. 添加劑 添加量 質量份 Re (奈米) Rth (奈米) 備註 101 to 0 .2 50 比較例 102 比較化合物 2 20 115 比較例 103 比較化合物 5 38 180 比較例 104 例示化合物(1B-2) 2 24 . 125 本發明 105 例示化合物(1A-6) 2 30 68 本發明 106 例示化合物(1A·6) 3·5 42 98 本發明 107 例示化合物(1A-7) 1.5 52 118 本發明 108 例示化合物(]A-7) 2 89 138 本發明 109 例示化合物(]B-7) 2 38 140 本發明 110 例示化合物(1A-12) 2 36 88 本發明 111 例示化合物(1A-21) 2 33 78 本發明 112 例示化合物(1B-21) 2 28 114 本發明 1 13 例示化合物(1A-26) 2 32 82 本發明No. Additive amount by mass Re (nano) Rth (nano) Remark 101 to 0 .2 50 Comparative Example 102 Comparative Compound 2 20 115 Comparative Example 103 Comparative Compound 5 38 180 Comparative Example 104 Exemplary Compound (1B-2) 2 24.125 The present invention 105 exemplified compound (1A-6) 2 30 68 The present invention 106 exemplified compound (1A·6) 3·5 42 98 107 exemplified compound (1A-7) 1.5 52 118 108 exemplified compound of the present invention (]A-7) 2 89 138 The present invention 109 exemplified compound (]B-7) 2 38 140 110 exemplified compound (1A-12) 2 36 88 111 exemplified compound (1A-21) 2 33 78 Invention 112 Exemplary compound (1B-21) 2 28 114 The present invention 1 13 exemplified compound (1A-26) 2 32 82 The present invention

• 比較化合物(特開2 00 3 - 3 44 65 5號公報所記載化合物) [化學式60]• Comparative compound (compound described in JP-A-200 3 - 3 44 65 5) [Chemical Formula 60]

h3co -93 - 1378120 從表1的結果得知’藉由添加本發明、特別是本發明之 第1實施態樣的化合物,具有Re/Rth比爲0.22的光學特 性’這是以往所使用之眾所周知的圓盤狀化合物(比較化合 物)所無法實現的’亦即能夠製造一種新穎的纖維素衍生物 薄膜,具有更高Re顯現性區域的光學特性。 從表2的結果得知’未含有比較化合物之薄膜(試料 101)、含有2質量份比較化合物之薄膜(試料1〇2) '含有5 質量份比較化合物之薄膜(試料1 〇3),任一者都符合以下 (式 1)。 (式 1) Rth = Rex3 .6 + 43 因爲含有比較化合物薄膜藉由延伸能夠顯現Re,Rth 則變化不大’得知藉由添加比較化合物,能夠製造薄膜其 符合 (式 2) Rth ^ Rex3 .6 + 43 的區域之光學特性。 相對地,得知藉由添加通式(11)〜(13)或通式(14-A)或 (14-B)所示化合物,能夠製造具有較大Re顯現性(亦即 Rth<Rex3.6 + 43的區域)之新穎纖維素衍生物薄膜,這是添 加比較化合物之薄膜所無法實現的。 從表2的結果可以得知,藉由添加通式(Π)〜(13)或通 式(14-A)或(14-B)所示化合物,能夠製造具有較高Re顯現 區域的光學特性之新穎纖維素衍生物薄膜,這是以往所使 用眾所周知的圓盤狀化合物(比較化合物)之薄膜所無法實 現的。 *94- 1378120 [實施例5 ]偏光板的製造] [醯化纖維素薄膜的皂化處理] 將前述實施例4所製造的醯化纖維素薄膜No.6及 No.109,浸漬在1.3莫耳/升的氫氧化鈉水溶液中,55 °C浸 漬2分鐘,接著,使用室溫的水洗浴槽洗滌,在30t使用 0.05莫耳/升的硫酸中和後,再次使用室溫的水洗浴槽洗 滌,進而以1〇〇 °C的溫風乾燥。如此進行,皂化了醯化纖 維素薄膜No.6及No.109的表面。 進而,以相同條件皂化市售的三乙酸纖維素薄膜 [FUJITAK TD80UF](FUJI PHOTO FILM(股)製、商品名), 提供作爲製造以下偏光板之試料。 [偏光子的製造] 使延伸過的PVA薄膜吸附碘來製造偏光子,使用聚乙 烯醇係黏著劑,將上述皂化過之醯化纖維素薄膜No.6及 No.109貼在偏光子的一側。以偏光子的穿透軸與醯化纖維 素薄膜的遲相軸平行的方式配置。 而且,使用聚乙烯醇係黏著劑,將上述皂化過之 [FUJITAK TD8 0UF]貼在偏光子的相反側。如此進行,製得 偏光板(A)及(1 A)。 [實施例6]VA液晶顯示裝置的製造和評估 [液晶胞的製造] 在1 〇〇質量份聚乙烯醇3質量%水溶液.,添加1質量份 氯化十八基二甲銨(偶合劑)。將其旋轉塗布於具有I το電 極之玻璃基板上’以1 60°c熱處理後,施加擦拭處理,形 成垂直配向膜。在2片玻璃基板,擦拭處理係在相反方向 -95 - 1378120 進行。液晶胞間隙(d)爲5微米的方式使2片玻璃基板相 向。對液晶胞間隙注入以乙酯系和乙烷系爲主成分之液晶 性化合物(△ η : 0.0 8),製造垂直配向液晶胞。△ η與d的 • 乘積爲400奈米》 將上述實施例5所製造的偏光板(A)及(1 A) ’以25°C、 6 0%RH的溫濕度條件,預先調濕後,以預先施加防濕處理 之袋子包裝,放置3天。袋子係由聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯/鋁 /聚乙烯的積層結構所構成的包裝材,該包裝材之透濕度爲 鲁,1 X l〇-5g/m2.日以下。 在25°C、60%RH的環境下,將偏光板(A)或(1A)取出, 使用黏著薄片貼在所製成的垂直配向液晶胞的兩面,各自 ' 製成液晶顯示裝置時,得知液晶顯示畫面使用含有本發明 - 的準化纖維素薄膜之偏光板時,其色調視野角較廣闊,乃 是較佳。 [實施例7]醯化纖維素薄膜No.16的製造 [醯化纖維素溶液的調製] φ 將以下組成物投入混合槽中、攪拌溶解各成分,調製醯 化纖維素溶液。 (醯化纖維素溶液的組成) 1 0 0.0質量份 6.0質量份 3 . 〇質量份 4 02.0質量份 6 0.0質量份 醯化度2.8 7之乙酸纖維素 可塑劑:三苯基磷酸酯 可塑劑:聯苯二苯基磷酸酯 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 甲醇(第2溶劑) -96 1378120 [消光劑溶液的調製] 將以下組成物投入混合槽中'攪拌溶解各成分’調製消 光劑溶液。 (消光劑溶液的組成) 平均粒徑20奈米之二氧化矽粒子 2.0質量份 (AEROSIL R972 商品名日本 AEROSIL(股)製) 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 75.0質量份 甲醇(第2溶劑) 12.7質量份 醯化纖維素溶液 10.3質量份 [遲滞値上升溶液的調製] 將以下組成物投入混合槽中、攪拌溶解各成分,調製 遲滯値上升溶液。 (遲滞値上升溶液的組成) 1 〇. 〇質量份 10.0質量份 5 8.4質量份 8.7質量份 1 2.8質量份 遲滯値上升劑(A-26) 遲滯値上升劑(A-36) 二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 甲醇(第2溶劑) 醯化纖維素溶液 將93.3質量份上述醯化纖維素溶液' 1.3質量份消光 劑溶液、5.4質量份遲滯値上升溶液各自過濾後混合,使用 帶式流延機進行流延。從帶剝離所得到殘餘溶劑含量3 5質 量%之膜片,以】40°C的條件,使用拉幅機以30%/分鐘的H3co -93 - 1378120 It is known from the results of Table 1 that the optical property having a Re/Rth ratio of 0.22 is added by the addition of the present invention, particularly the compound of the first embodiment of the present invention. The discotic compound (comparative compound) cannot be realized, that is, it is capable of producing a novel cellulose derivative film having optical properties of a higher Re-developing region. From the results of Table 2, a film containing no comparative compound (sample 101) and a film containing 2 parts by mass of a comparative compound (sample 1〇2) 'containing 5 parts by mass of a comparative compound (sample 1 〇 3) was obtained. One of them meets the following (Formula 1). (Formula 1) Rth = Rex3 .6 + 43 Since the film containing the comparative compound can exhibit Re by stretching, Rth does not change much. It is known that by adding a comparative compound, it is possible to produce a film which conforms to (Formula 2) Rth ^ Rex3 . Optical properties of the 6 + 43 area. In contrast, it has been found that by adding a compound represented by the general formulae (11) to (13) or the formula (14-A) or (14-B), it is possible to produce a large Re reproducibility (i.e., Rth<Rex3. A novel cellulose derivative film of 6 + 43 region, which is not achievable by adding a film of a comparative compound. It can be seen from the results of Table 2 that optical properties having a higher Re-represented region can be produced by adding a compound of the formula (Π) to (13) or the formula (14-A) or (14-B). A novel cellulose derivative film which cannot be realized by a conventionally known film of a discotic compound (comparative compound). *94-1378120 [Example 5] Production of polarizing plate] [Saponification treatment of deuterated cellulose film] The deuterated cellulose film No. 6 and No. 109 produced in the above Example 4 were immersed in 1.3 m. / liter of aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, immersed at 55 ° C for 2 minutes, then, washed with a water bath at room temperature, neutralized with 0.05 mol / liter of sulfuric acid at 30 t, and then washed again with a water bath at room temperature, Dry at a temperature of 1 ° ° C. In this manner, the surfaces of the cellulose fiber films No. 6 and No. 109 were saponified. Further, a commercially available cellulose triacetate film [FUJITAK TD80UF] (manufactured by FUJI PHOTO FILM Co., Ltd., trade name) was saponified under the same conditions, and a sample for producing the following polarizing plate was provided. [Production of Polarizer] The iodine was adsorbed on the stretched PVA film to produce a polarizer, and the saponified cellulose film No. 6 and No. 109 were attached to the polarizer using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. side. The transmission axis of the polarizer is arranged in parallel with the slow axis of the deuterated cellulose film. Further, the above-mentioned saponified [FUJITAK TD8 0UF] was attached to the opposite side of the polarizer using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. In this manner, polarizing plates (A) and (1 A) were obtained. [Example 6] Production and evaluation of VA liquid crystal display device [Production of liquid crystal cell] 1 part by mass of polyvinyl alcohol 3 mass% aqueous solution was added, and 1 part by mass of octadecyldimethylammonium chloride (coupling agent) was added. . This was spin-coated on a glass substrate having an I τ electrode. After heat treatment at 1600 ° C, a wiping treatment was applied to form a vertical alignment film. On two glass substrates, the wiping process was carried out in the opposite direction -95 - 1378120. Two glass substrates were opposed in such a manner that the liquid crystal cell gap (d) was 5 μm. A liquid crystal compound (Δ η : 0.0 8 ) mainly composed of an ethyl ester group and an ethane group was injected into the cell gap to produce a vertical alignment liquid crystal cell. Δ The product of η and d is 400 nm. The polarizing plates (A) and (1 A) ' manufactured in the above Example 5 are pre-conditioned with humidity and humidity conditions of 25 ° C and 60% RH. The bag was pre-applied with a moisture-proof bag and left for 3 days. The bag is a packaging material composed of a polyethylene terephthalate/aluminum/polyethylene laminated structure, and the moisture permeability of the packaging material is Lu, 1 X l〇-5 g/m2. The polarizing plate (A) or (1A) is taken out in an environment of 25 ° C and 60% RH, and is adhered to both sides of the vertically aligned liquid crystal cell by using an adhesive sheet, and each of them is made into a liquid crystal display device. When the polarizing plate containing the normalized cellulose film of the present invention is used for the liquid crystal display screen, it is preferable that the color tone viewing angle is wide. [Example 7] Production of deuterated cellulose film No. 16 [Preparation of deuterated cellulose solution] φ The following composition was placed in a mixing tank, and each component was stirred and dissolved to prepare a cerium cellulose solution. (Composition of deuterated cellulose solution) 1 0 0.0 parts by mass 6.0 parts by mass 3. 〇 parts by mass 4 02.0 parts by mass 6 0.0 parts by mass degree of deuteration 2.8 7 cellulose acetate plasticizer: triphenyl phosphate plasticizer: Biphenyldiphenyl phosphate methylene chloride (first solvent) Methanol (second solvent) -96 1378120 [Preparation of matting agent solution] The following composition was put into a mixing tank to "stirring and dissolving each component" to prepare a matting agent solution. (Composition of matting agent solution) 2.0 parts by mass of cerium oxide particles having an average particle diameter of 20 nm (AEROSIL R972, trade name, manufactured by AEROSIL Co., Ltd.), dichloromethane (first solvent), 75.0 parts by mass of methanol (second solvent) 12.7 parts by mass of a deuterated cellulose solution 10.3 parts by mass [Preparation of a retardation 値 rising solution] The following composition was placed in a mixing tank, and each component was stirred and dissolved to prepare a delayed 値 rising solution. (The composition of the retardation 値 rising solution) 1 〇. 〇 parts by mass 10.0 parts by mass 5 8.4 parts by mass 8.7 parts by mass 1 2.8 parts by mass of hysteresis 値 rising agent (A-26) Hysteresis 値 rising agent (A-36) dichloromethane (1st solvent) Methanol (2nd solvent) The cellulose-degraded solution is 93.3 mass parts of the above-mentioned deuterated cellulose solution, 1.3 parts by mass of the matting agent solution, and 5.4 parts by mass of the hysteresis 値 rising solution are filtered and mixed, and the belt flow is used. Extend the machine for casting. A film having a residual solvent content of 35 mass% obtained from stripping, at a temperature of 40 ° C, using a tenter at 30%/min

-97 - 1378120 延伸速度橫向延伸至1 5 %延伸倍率後,在1 ο %的 保持140°c、30秒鐘。隨後取下夾子,在14(TC驾 鐘,製得醯化纖維素薄膜No.16。完成的醯化纖 的殘餘溶劑量爲〇 · 2質量%,膜厚度爲8 0微米 爲38奈米、Rth(590)爲175奈米。 [實施例7-1]醯化纖維素薄膜No.114的製造 除了使用(1A-11)及(1A-13)等量取代遲滯 (A-26)及(A-3 6)以外,與實施例7之醯化纖維素棄 同樣地,製得醯化纖維素薄膜No.114。完成之醯 薄膜的殘餘溶劑量爲0.2質量%,膜厚度爲80微米 爲40奈米、Rth(5 90)爲180奈米。 [實施例8]偏光板的製造 [光學補償薄片的製造] (醯化纖維素的皂化處理) 在實施例7及實施例7-1所製造醯化纖維素袭 及No.114上,各自塗布5.2mL/m2下述組成的液 °C乾燥1 〇秒鐘。使用流水洗滌薄膜表面1 0秒, 空氣噴吹來乾燥薄膜表面。 (皂化液的組成) 異丙醇 8 水 1 丙二醇 1-97 - 1378120 The extension speed is extended to 1 5 % of the extension ratio, and is maintained at 140 ° C for 30 seconds at 1 ο %. Subsequently, the clip was removed, and a cellulose film No. 16 was obtained at 14 (TC). The residual solvent amount of the finished bismuth chemical fiber was 〇·2 mass%, and the film thickness was 80 μm, 38 nm, Rth. (590) was 175 nm. [Example 7-1] Production of deuterated cellulose film No. 114 except that (1A-11) and (1A-13) were used instead of hysteresis (A-26) and (A) In the same manner as in the case of the deuterated cellulose of Example 7, a cellulose-deposited cellulose film No. 114 was obtained. The residual solvent amount of the completed film was 0.2% by mass, and the film thickness was 80 μm. Nano and Rth (5 90) were 180 nm. [Example 8] Production of polarizing plate [Production of optical compensation sheet] (Saponification treatment of deuterated cellulose) Manufactured in Example 7 and Example 7-1 On the deuterated cellulose and No. 114, each of the solutions of the following composition was applied at 5.2 mL/m2 for 1 〇. The surface of the film was washed with running water for 10 seconds, and air was blown to dry the surface of the film. Composition) isopropanol 8 water 1 propylene glycol 1

Nihon Emulsion(股)製 “EMALEX”(商品名) 氫氧化鉀 延伸倍率 乞燥40分 維素薄膜 、Re(5 90) 値上升劑 膜 Ν ο · 1 6 化纖維素 、Re(5 90) I 膜 No.16 體,在60 以25°C的 1 8質量份 6 7質量份 8 7質量份 1 〇質量份 6 7質量份 -98- 1378120 (配向膜的形成) 在醯化處理過的醯化纖維素薄膜No.16及No.114上 面,使用#14的金屬絲棒塗布器以24mL/m2塗布下述組成 的塗布液,在60 °C風溫乾燥60秒、更在901:風溫乾燥150 秒。 接著,在與醯化纖維素薄膜No.16及No.11 4的延伸方 向45度的方向(與遲相軸大約一致),對形成的膜實施擦拭。 (配向膜塗布液的組成)Nihon Emulsion "EMALEX" (trade name) Potassium Hydroxide Extension Ratio Dry 40 Fractal Film, Re(5 90) 値Rising Agent Membrane ο · 1 6 Cellulose, Re(5 90) I Film No. 16 body, at 60 at 25 ° C, 18 parts by mass, 7 7 parts by mass, 8 7 parts by mass, 1 part by mass, 6 parts by mass, -98 to 1378120 (formation of an alignment film) On the cellulose film No. 16 and No. 114, a coating liquid having the following composition was applied at 24 mL/m 2 using a wire bar coater of #14, and dried at 60 ° C for 60 seconds at a temperature of 60 ° C, and more at 901: air temperature. Dry for 150 seconds. Next, the formed film was wiped in a direction of 45 degrees with respect to the extending direction of the deuterated cellulose film No. 16 and No. 11 4 (substantially coincident with the slow axis). (Composition of alignment film coating liquid)

下述結構的改質聚乙烯醇 2 0質量份 水 3 60質量份 甲醇. 1 2 0質量份 戊二醛(交聯劑) 1 · 〇質量份 [化學式61] CH2 CH OH V J 86.3 . CH2-CH- CH3 CH2-CH- O-C-NH j 17 II L 〇 \ 〇-C-CH3j12 〇Modified polyvinyl alcohol of the following structure: 20 parts by mass of water 3 60 parts by mass of methanol. 1 2 0 parts by mass of glutaraldehyde (crosslinking agent) 1 · 〇 parts by mass [Chemical Formula 61] CH2 CH OH VJ 86.3 . CH- CH3 CH2-CH- OC-NH j 17 II L 〇\ 〇-C-CH3j12 〇

0—C一 0=CH2 〇 (光學異方向性層的形成)0—C—0=CH2 〇 (formation of optical anisotropic layer)

在配向膜上,使用#3的金屬絲棒塗布器以5.2mL/m2塗 布在214.2質量份甲基乙基酮中溶解91質量份下述結構的 碟狀化合物、9質量份環氧乙院改質三羥甲基丙院三丙烯 酸酯(V#360、商品名、大阪有機化學(股)製)、質量份 乙酸丁酸纖維素(CAB53N卜、商品名、EASTMAN CHEMICAL公司製)、3質量份光聚合引發劑(I R G A C U R E -99- 1378120 90 7、商品名、CIBA GEIGY公司製)' 1質量份敏化劑 (CAYACURE-DETX、商品名、日本化藥(株)製)而成的塗布 液。將其貼在金屬框上,在130 °C的恆溫槽中加熱2分鐘, 使碟狀化合物配向。接著,使用120W/cm高壓水銀燈,UV 照射1分鐘使碟狀化合物聚合。隨後,放冷至室溫爲止。 如此進行,形成光學異方向性層,得到光學補償薄片(B)及 (1B)。On the alignment film, a wire rod applicator of #3 was coated with 5.2 mL/m 2 in 214.2 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone to dissolve 91 parts by mass of the disc compound of the following structure, and 9 parts by mass of epoxy epoxide was changed. Tris-hydroxymethylpropyl triacrylate (V#360, trade name, Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.), mass parts of cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB53N, trade name, manufactured by EASTMAN CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.), 3 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE -99-1378120 90 7, trade name, manufactured by CIBA GEIGY Co., Ltd.) A coating liquid obtained by using 1 part by mass of a sensitizer (CAYACURE-DETX, trade name, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.). This was attached to a metal frame and heated in a thermostat at 130 ° C for 2 minutes to align the discotic compound. Next, a disk-shaped compound was polymerized by UV irradiation for 1 minute using a 120 W/cm high pressure mercury lamp. Then, let it cool to room temperature. In this manner, an optically anisotropic layer was formed to obtain optical compensation sheets (B) and (1B).

[化學式62][Chemical Formula 62]

(光學補償薄片的皂化處理) 與實施例5同樣地進行皂化處理。 (偏光板的製造) (偏光子的製造) 使延伸過的PVA薄膜吸附碘來製造偏光子。接著,使 用聚乙烯醇係黏著劑’將所製得的光學補償薄片(B)醯化纖 維素薄膜No.16側、或是光學補償薄片(B)醯化纖維素薄膜 N 〇 . 1 1 4側貼在偏光子的一側。以偏光子的穿透軸與醯化纖 維素薄膜No.16或No.114的遲相軸平行的方式配置。 而且,以實施例5相同條件皂化市售的三乙酸纖維素薄 膜[FUJITAK TD80UF](FUJI PHOTO FILM(股)製 '商品 名)’使用聚乙烯醇係黏著劑貼在偏光子的相反側(未貼有 -100- 1378120 光學補償薄片側)。如此進行,製得橢圓偏光板(B)及(1B)。 [實施例9]液晶顯示裝置的製造 [彎曲配向液晶胞的製造] 在具有ITO電極之玻璃基板上,設置聚醯亞胺薄膜作 爲配向膜,對配向膜施加擦拭處理。使所得到的2片玻璃 基*板,以擦拭方向係平行方式相向配置,設定液晶胞間隙 爲5.7微米。對液晶胞間隙注入△ n爲0.1 396之液晶性化 合物“ ZL1 1 1 32” (商品名、Merck公司製),製得彎曲配向 液晶胞。 [液晶顯示裝置的製造]' 以夾住所製得彎曲配向液晶胞之方式,貼上2片偏光板 (B)或(1B)。配置成偏光板的光學異方向性層係與液晶基板 相向' 該液晶胞的擦拭方向與該光學異方向性層(與該液晶 胞相向)之捺式方向係反平行》 得知使用本發明的偏光板之液晶顯示裝置,具有對比視 野角較爲廣闊之良好影像。 【圖式簡單說明】 Μ 〇 /»Λ\ 【元件符號說明】 Μ 。(Saponification treatment of optical compensation sheet) The saponification treatment was carried out in the same manner as in Example 5. (Manufacture of polarizing plate) (Production of polarizer) The iodine was adsorbed by the extended PVA film to produce a polarizer. Next, the obtained optical compensation sheet (B) is obtained by using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive, or the optically-compensated sheet (B) is deuterated cellulose film N 〇. 1 1 4 Side to the side of the polarizer. The transmission axis of the polarizer is arranged in parallel with the slow axis of the cellulose fiber film No. 16 or No. 114. Further, a commercially available cellulose triacetate film [FUJITAK TD80UF] (product name of FUJI PHOTO FILM) was attached to the opposite side of the polarizer using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive under the same conditions as in Example 5 (No. Attached to -100-1378120 optical compensation sheet side). In this manner, elliptically polarizing plates (B) and (1B) were obtained. [Example 9] Production of liquid crystal display device [Production of curved alignment liquid crystal cell] On a glass substrate having an ITO electrode, a polyimide film was provided as an alignment film, and a wiping treatment was applied to the alignment film. The obtained two glass base plates were placed in a direction parallel to each other in the wiping direction, and the cell gap was set to 5.7 μm. A liquid crystal cell "ZL1 1 1 32" (trade name, manufactured by Merck) having a Δ n of 0.1 396 was injected into the cell gap to prepare a curved alignment liquid crystal cell. [Manufacture of liquid crystal display device] ' Two polarizing plates (B) or (1B) were attached so as to sandwich the prepared curved alignment liquid crystal cell. The optically anisotropic layer disposed as a polarizing plate faces the liquid crystal substrate. The wiping direction of the liquid crystal cell is antiparallel to the optical direction of the optically anisotropic layer (opposite the liquid crystal cell). The liquid crystal display device of the polarizing plate has a good image with a relatively wide viewing angle. [Simple description of the diagram] Μ 〇 /»Λ\ [Component symbol description] Μ .

-10 1-10 1

Claims (1)

1378120 * I JZr. ! 修正本 ' 柳月έ日本)1 第09 5 105849號「纖維素衍生物組成物、纖維素衍生物 薄膜及(二)炫《氧安息香酸衍生物化合物」專利案 (2012年8月6日修正) 十、申請專利範園: 1. 一種纖維素衍生物組成物,其含有至少1種下述通式(1) 所示化合物, 通式(1) R2 R11378120 * I JZr. ! Revised this 'Liu Yueshen Japan) 1 No. 09 5 105849 "Cellulose derivative composition, cellulose derivative film and (2) Hyun "oxybenzoic acid derivative compound" patent case (2012 Amendment of August 6th) X. Application for Patent Park: 1. A cellulose derivative composition containing at least one compound of the following formula (1), formula (1) R2 R1 (式中R係表示_素原子、碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數1〜12 的院氧基、胺基^^基;r2、r4係各自獨立地表示氫原 子、碳數1〜4的燒基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、胺基或羥基; R5係表不氮原子、_素原子、碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數卜12 的烷氧基、胺基或羥基;Rl3係表示含有一個以上雜原子 之碳數1〜3〇的院基’其中雜原子係表示氧原子 '氮原子、 硫原子、磷、砂、鹵素原子、硼原子;L係表示單鍵、_〇_、 -NR-(R係表示氫原子或甲基);Ar係表示碳數6〜2〇的芳 基或5至6員環之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中 至少一種之芳香族雜環基),且含有醯化纖維素作爲纖維 素衍生物。 2 .如申請專利範圍第1項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中該 通式(1 )所示化合物係下述通式(2)所示化合物, 通式(2) 1378120(In the formula, R represents a γ atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a oxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and an amine group; and r2 and r4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom and have a carbon number of 1 to 4; a base of 4, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; R5 is a nitrogen atom, a sulfonium atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 12, and an amine. a group or a hydroxyl group; Rl3 means a group having 1 to 3 Å of carbon having one or more hetero atoms, wherein the hetero atom represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus, a sand, a halogen atom, or a boron atom; a single bond, _〇_, -NR- (R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group); Ar represents an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 2 Å or an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of a 5- to 6-membered ring. At least one of the aromatic heterocyclic groups) contains deuterated cellulose as a cellulose derivative. 2. The cellulose derivative composition according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the compound represented by the formula (1) is a compound represented by the following formula (2), and the formula (2) 1378120 (式中R2係表示氫原子、碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數卜丨2的 院氧基、胺基或經基;R5係表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳 數1〜4的烷基、碳數丨〜12的烷氧基胺基或羥基:Rll 係表不氫原子或碳數的烷基;r13係表示含有i個以 上雜原子之碳數iyO的烷基,其中雜原子係表示氧原 子、氮原子、硫原子 '磷、矽、鹵素原子、硼原子;L 係表示單鍵、-〇-、-NR-(R係表示氫原子或甲基);Ar係 表示碳數的芳基或5至6員環之含有氧原子、氮原 子或是硫原子其中至少—種之芳香族雜環基)。 3 ·如申請專利範圍第1項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中該 通式(1)所示化合物係下述通式(3)所示化合物, 通式(3)(In the formula, R2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group of a carbon number dioxime 2, an amine group or a trans group; and R5 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Alkoxyamino group or hydroxyl group having a carbon number of 丨12: R11 is an alkyl group having no hydrogen atom or carbon number; and r13 is an alkyl group having a carbon number iyO of i or more hetero atoms, wherein the hetero atom is It represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom 'phosphorus, a phosphonium, a halogen atom, or a boron atom; L means a single bond, -〇-, -NR- (R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group); and Ar represents a carbon number. The aryl group or the 5- to 6-membered ring contains an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, at least one of which is an aromatic heterocyclic group. 3. The cellulose derivative composition according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the compound represented by the formula (1) is a compound represented by the following formula (3), and the formula (3) 烷氧基、胺基或羥基;R5係表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳 數1〜4的烷基、碳數!〜12的烷氧基、胺基或羥基;Ru、 R14係各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數卜4的烷基;係 表示含有1個以上雜原子之碳數1〜3〇的烷基,其中雜原 1378120 5 w日II頁(本)丨修正本 "·—— 子係表示氧原子、氮原子、硫原子、礙L原子、 硼原子:L係表示單鍵、-〇〜Nr(r係表示氣原子或甲 基);Ar係表示碳數6〜2〇的突:甘+ _ J方基或5至6員環之含有氧 原子、氮原子或是硫原子宜由怎, # 一 、中至少一種之芳香族雜環 基)。 4.如申請專利範圍帛!項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中該 通式(υ所示化合物係下述通式(4)所示化合物, 通式(4)Alkoxy group, amine group or hydroxyl group; R5 means a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a carbon number! Alkoxy group, an amine group or a hydroxyl group of ~12; and Ru and R14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4; and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 Å of carbon having one or more hetero atoms. Among them, the miscellaneous 1378120 5 w day II page (this) 丨 revision this "·—— sub-system means oxygen atom, nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, hinder L atom, boron atom: L system means single bond, -〇~Nr ( r is a gas atom or a methyl group; Ar is a protrusion having a carbon number of 6 to 2 Å: a glycine + _ J square group or a 5 to 6 member ring containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom. 1. At least one aromatic heterocyclic group). 4. If you apply for a patent range! A cellulose derivative composition of the formula wherein the compound represented by the formula (4) is a compound represented by the following formula (4), and the formula (4) (式中R21係表示鹵素原子、碳數i—4的烷基、碳數 的烷氧基、胺基 '或羥基;R22及R24係各自獨立地表示 氫原子、碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、胺基或 羥基;R25係表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1〜4的烷基、 碳數1〜1 2的烷氧基、胺基、或羥基;R43係表示含有1 個以上雜原子之碳數1〜30的烷基,其中雜原子係表示氧 原子、氮原子、硫原子、磷、矽、鹵素原子、硼原子; L1、L2係各自獨立地表示單鍵、-0-、-NR-(R係表示氫原 子或甲基);Ar1係表示碳數6〜20的伸芳基或5至6員環 之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少一種之芳香 族雜環基;Ar2係表示碳數6〜20的芳基或5至6員環之 含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少一種之芳香族 雜環基;η係表示1以上的整數;η個L2各自可以相同 1378120 ρ !°丨年_曰頁(和I修正本 亦可以不同,η個Ar1各自可以相同亦可以不同)。 5 ·如申晴專利範圍第4項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中該 通式(4)中,r21係表示- 〇r4 !(r41係表示氫原子或碳數1〜4 的院基),R24係表示氫原子。 6·如申請專利範圍第4項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中該 通式(4)中 ’ R21 係表示- 〇R41,R24 係表示 _〇r44(r41、R44 係各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1〜4的院基)。 φ 7.如申請專利範圍第4至6項中任一項之纖維素衍生物組 成物’其中該通式中,η係3以上的整數。 8.—種下述通式(4_Α)所示之化合物, 通式(4·Α)(wherein R21 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon number of i-4, an alkoxy group having a carbon number, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; and R22 and R24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; And an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; and R25 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an amine group, or a hydroxyl group. R43 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and containing 1 or more hetero atoms, wherein the hetero atom represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus, a ruthenium, a halogen atom, or a boron atom; and the L1 and L2 systems are each independently The ground represents a single bond, -0-, -NR- (R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group); Ar1 represents an extended aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom of a 5- to 6-membered ring or An aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one of sulfur atoms; and Ar 2 means an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of a 5- to 6-membered ring; The η system represents an integer of 1 or more; the η L2 can each be the same 1378120 ρ ! °丨年_曰 page (and the I revision can also be different, the η Ar1 can each be the same 5) A cellulose derivative composition according to item 4 of the Shenqing patent scope, wherein in the formula (4), r21 represents - 〇r4 ! (r41 represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4) R24 is a hydrogen atom. 6. The cellulose derivative composition of claim 4, wherein 'R21' in the formula (4) means - 〇R41, and R24 means _〇r44 (r41, R44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a group having a carbon number of 1 to 4). φ 7. A cellulose derivative composition according to any one of claims 4 to 6 wherein the formula In the middle, η is an integer of 3 or more. 8. A compound represented by the following formula (4_Α), general formula (4·Α) (式中R22係表示氫原子、碳數卜4的烷基、碳數丨〜12 的烷氧基、胺基或羥基;R2 5係表示氫原子、_素原子、 碳數1〜4的烷基 '碳數的烷氧基、胺基或經基;r43 係表示含有1個以上雜原子之碳數丨-30的烷基,其中雜 原子係表示氧原子、氮原子、硫原子、磷、砂齒素原 子、硼原子,R 1係表不氫原子或碳數1〜4的焼基,^1、 L2係各自獨立地表示單鍵、_〇_、_nr_(r係表示氮原子或 甲基^Ar1係表示碳數6〜20的伸芳基或5至6員環之含 有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少一種之芳香族雜 -4-(wherein R22 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 4, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨12, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; and R2 5 represents a hydrogen atom, a γ atom, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; An alkoxy group, an amine group or a trans group having a carbon number; r43 is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨-30 containing one or more hetero atoms, wherein the hetero atom represents an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, phosphorus, The snail atom and the boron atom, and the R 1 group represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, and the groups 1 and L 2 each independently represent a single bond, _〇_, _nr_ (r represents a nitrogen atom or a The group "Ar1" represents an extended aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic hetero group having at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of a 5- to 6-membered ring. 修正本 1378120 環基.;Ar2係表示碳數6~20的芳基或5至6員環之含有 氧原子 '氮原子或是硫原子其中至少'種之芳香族雜環 基;η係表示1以上的整數;η個L2各自可以相同亦可 以不同,η個A r 1各自可以相同亦可以不同)。 9·—種下述通式(4-B)所示之化合物’Amendment 1378120 ring base.; Ar2 system represents an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom 'nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of at least 'one of 5 to 6 member rings; η system means 1 The above integers; η L2 may be the same or different, and each of η A r 1 may be the same or different). 9. A compound represented by the following formula (4-B) 通式(4-B) R22 OR41General formula (4-B) R22 OR41 (式中R22係表示氫原子、碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數 的烷氧基、胺基或羥基;R25係表示氫原子、鹵素原子、 碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數1〜12的烷氧基、胺基或羥基;r4 3 係表示含有1個以上雜原子之碳數1〜3〇的院基,其中雜 原子係表示氧原子、氮原子、硫原子、隣、砂、齒素原 子、硼原子:R41、R44係各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數 1〜4的烷基;I/'L2係各自獨立地表示單鍵、-〇-、-NR_(R 係表示氫原子或甲基);Ar1係表示碳數6~20的伸芳基或 5至6員環之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少一 種之芳香族雜環基:Ar2係表示碳數6〜2 0的芳基或5至 6員環之含有氧原子' 氮原子或是硫原子其中至少一種之 芳香族雜環基;η係表示1以上的整數;n個L2各自可 以相同亦可以不同,η個Ar1各自可以相同亦可以不同)。 1 0 . —種纖維素衍生物組成物,其特徵係含有至少1種下述 通式(1 1 )所示之化合物, 1378120 to|年m曰II頁(本I修正本 通式ο i)(wherein R22 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having a carbon number, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; and R25 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a carbon number; 1 to 12 alkoxy group, amine group or hydroxyl group; r4 3 means a group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms having one or more hetero atoms, wherein the hetero atom is an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or a neighboring group. Sand, dentate atom, boron atom: R41 and R44 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and I/'L2 each independently represents a single bond, -〇-, -NR_(R system Represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; Ar1 represents an extended aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of a 5- to 6-membered ring: Ar2 represents An aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic atomic group containing at least one of an oxygen atom 'a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom; and η means an integer of 1 or more; n each of L2 may be the same Alternatively, η Ar1 may be the same or different. A cellulose derivative composition characterized by containing at least one compound represented by the following formula (1 1 ), 1378120 to|year m曰II page (this I corrects the general formula ο i) (式中’ R2及R4係各自獨立地表示氫原子、碳數卜4的 院基、碳數1〜12的院氧基、胺基或羥基;R5係表示氫原 子、鹵素原子、碳數1~4的院基、碳數ι〜12的烷氧基' 胺基或羥基;R1 11 'R1 13係各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數 1~30的院基;L11、L12係各自獨立地表示單鍵、_〇_、 -NR-(R係表示氫原子或甲基^Ar1係表示碳數6〜20的伸 芳基或5至6員環之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其 中至少一種之芳香族雜環基:Ar2係表示碳數6~20的芳 基或5至6員環之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中 至少一種之芳香族雜環基;η1係表示3以上的整數;η1 個L12各自可以相同亦可以不同,η1個Ar1各自可以相同 亦可以不同’但是’ R 11 1 ' R 1 1 3係互相不同,R 1 13所表示 的烷基係不含有雜原子)’且含有醯化纖維素作爲纖維素 衍生物。 1 1 .如申請專利範圍第1 〇項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中該 通式(1 1)所示之化合物係下述通式(1 2 )所示, 通式(1 2)(In the formula, R2 and R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a carbon number of 4, a nodal group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; and R5 means a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a carbon number of 1; a base of ~4, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 〜12 or an amino group; and a group of R1 11 'R1 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 30; L11 and L12 are each independently Represents a single bond, _〇_, -NR- (R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; Ar1 represents an extended aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 or an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of a 5- to 6-membered ring. At least one of the aromatic heterocyclic groups: Ar2 represents an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of a 5- to 6-membered ring; An integer of 3 or more; η1 L12 may be the same or different, and η1 Ar1 may be the same or different 'but' R 11 1 'R 1 1 3 are different from each other, and the alkyl group represented by R 1 13 is not Containing a hetero atom) and containing deuterated cellulose as a cellulose derivative. 1 1. A cellulose derivative composition according to the first aspect of the patent application, In the general formula (11) the compound is represented by the following general formula (12) shown in the formula (12) 1378120 (式中R係表示氫原子、碳數 烷氧基、胺基或羥基:R5係^1378120 (wherein R represents a hydrogen atom, a carbon number alkoxy group, an amine group or a hydroxyl group: R5 system ^ 數1的院基、碳數1〜12的 係表示氫原子、 、鹵素原子、碳 數1〜4的烷基、碳數卜丨2的烷氧基、胺基或羥基 R113係各自獨立地表示氫原子或碳數“3 0的烷基;Lii、 ' _NR-(r係表示氫原子 係各自獨立地表示單鍵、-〇_ 或甲基);Ar1係表示碳數6〜2〇的伸芳基或,至6員環之 含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少—種之芳香族 雜環基;Ar2係表示碳數6〜2〇的芳基或5至6員環之含 有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少—種之芳香族雜 環基;η1係表示3以上的整數;^個L,2各自可以相同 亦可以不同,η1個A〆各自可以相同亦可以不同’但是, R!11、R113係互相不同,所示之烷基係不含有雜原 i 2 .如申請專利範圍第1 〇項之纖維素衍生物組成物,其中該 通式(1 1)所示之化合物係下述通式(1 3)所示, 通式(1 3 >The number of the hospital base and the number of carbon atoms of 1 to 12 indicate that a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 2, an amine group or a hydroxyl group R113 are each independently represented. a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having a carbon number of "30"; Lii, '_NR- (r means that the hydrogen atom each independently represents a single bond, -〇_ or methyl); and Ar1 means a stretching of 6 to 2 carbon atoms. An aryl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom to a 6-membered ring; and Ar2 represents an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 2 fluorene or a 5- to 6-membered ring. An oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, at least one of which is an aromatic heterocyclic group; η1 is an integer of 3 or more; and each of L and 2 may be the same or different, and each of η1 A〆 may be the same or different. 'However, R!11 and R113 are different from each other, and the alkyl group shown does not contain the impurity i 2 . The cellulose derivative composition of the first aspect of the patent application, wherein the formula (1 1) The compound shown is represented by the following formula (1 3), and the formula (1 3 > R,140 ft R2 OR111 W 〇 (式中r2係表示氫原子、碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數1~12的 烷氧基、胺基或羥基;r5係表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳 數1〜4的烷基、碳數1〜12的烷氧基、胺基或羥基;R111、 尺113、11114係各自獨jx地表示氫原子或碳數u〇的院 基;L11、L12係各自獨立地表示單鍵、·〇_、_Nr_(r係表 1378120 修正本 示氫原子或甲基);Ar1係表示碳數6~20的伸芳基或5至 6員環之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少—種之 芳香族雜環基;Ar2係表示碳數6~2〇的芳基或5至6員 環之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少一種之芳 香族雜環基;η1係表示3以上的整數;^個Li2各自可 以相同亦可以不同,η 1個Ar 1各自可以相同亦可以不同’ 但是,R1 11、R113係互相不同,Rl μ所示之烷基係不含有 雜原子)。R, 140 ft R2 OR111 W 〇 (wherein r2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; and r5 represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom; An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; and R111, 113 and 11114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of a group; L11, L12 Each of them independently represents a single bond, 〇_, _Nr_ (r is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group in Table 1378120); and Ar1 represents an aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 or an oxygen atom of a 5- to 6-membered ring. a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, at least one of which is an aromatic heterocyclic group; and Ar2 represents an aryl group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms or an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of 5 to 6 membered rings. The aromatic heterocyclic group; η1 represents an integer of 3 or more; each of Li2 may be the same or different, and η 1 Ar 1 may be the same or different 'however, R1 11 and R113 are different from each other, and R1 μ The alkyl group shown does not contain a hetero atom). 13. —種纖維素衍生物薄膜,其係由如申請專利範圍第丨至 及1 0至1 2項中任一項之纖維素衍生物組成物所構成^ 14. 一種下述通式(I2)所示之化合物, 通式(12)A cellulose derivative film which is composed of a cellulose derivative composition according to any one of the claims pp. 10 to 12, and a general formula (I2) ) the compound shown, general formula (12) Ar2 (式中R2係表示氫原子、碳數的烷基、碳數的 烷氧基、胺基或羥基;R5係表示氫原子、鹵素原子碳 數1〜4的烷基、碳數1M2的烷氧基、胺基或羥基;r11i、 R113表示各自獨立的氫原子或碳數1〜3〇的院基;lM、 L12係各自獨立地表示單鍵、-〇_、_Nr_(r係表示氫原子 或甲基);Ar1係表示碳數6〜20的伸芳基或5至6員環之 含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少〜種之芳香族 雜環基;Ar2係表示碳數6〜20的芳基或5至6員環之含 有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少一種之芳香族雜 1378120Ar2 (wherein R2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having a carbon number, an alkoxy group having a carbon number, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; and R5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of a halogen atom, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; An oxy group, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; r11i and R113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a group having a carbon number of 1 to 3 Å; and 1M and L12 each independently represent a single bond, -〇_, _Nr_ (r represents a hydrogen atom) Or methyl); Ar1 represents an extended aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of a 5- to 6-membered ring; Ar2 represents a carbon number 6 to 20 aryl or 5 to 6 membered rings containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, at least one of which is aromatic 1378120 修正本 環基;η係表示3以上的整數;^個l12各自可以相同 /亦β &不同’η1個Ar1各自可以相同亦可以不同,但是, R111 ' R 113係互相不同,R 1 13所示之烷基係不含有雜原 子)。 15.—種下述通式(13)所示之化合物 通式(1 3)The ring group is modified; the η system represents an integer of 3 or more; each of the l12 groups may be the same/also β & different 'n1 Ar1' may be the same or different, but R111 'R 113 are different from each other, R 1 13 The alkyl group shown does not contain a hetero atom). 15. A compound represented by the following formula (13): (1) (式中R2係表示氫原子、碳數1〜4的烷基、碳數1〜12的 院氧基、胺基或羥基:r5係表示氫原子、鹵素原子碳 數1〜4的烷基、碳數1〜12的烷氧基、胺基或羥基; p I 1 3 ό 1 1 4 由 一 R 表示各自獨立的氫原子或碳數1〜30的院基; L [ 係各自獨jx地表不單鍵、-〇…_NR-(R係表示氫 原子或甲基^Ar1係表示碳數6〜20的伸芳基或5至6員 環之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少—種之芳 香族雜環基;Ar2係表示碳數6〜2〇的芳基或5至6 _環 之含有氧原子、氮原子或是硫原子其中至少—種之芳香 族雜環基;η1係表示3以上的整數;^個各自可以 相同亦可以不同,η1個Ar1各自可以相同亦可以不同, 但是,R111、RU3係互相不同’ Rii3所示之烷基係不含有 雜原子)。 16.—種偏光板,其係在偏光子的兩面貼合保護膜而成,其 特徵爲該等保護膜其中至少1片係如申請專利範圍第13 1378120 、w“||(In the formula, R2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a oxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an amine group or a hydroxyl group; and r5 represents a hydrogen atom; an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Alkoxy group, amine group or hydroxyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; p I 1 3 ό 1 1 4 wherein R represents a respective independent hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 30; L [separately a bond, -〇..._NR- (R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; Ar1 represents an extended aryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 20 or a 5- to 6-membered ring containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, at least one of which An aromatic heterocyclic group; Ar2 represents an aryl group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms or an aromatic heterocyclic group containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom of 5 to 6 ring; The integers of 3 or more may be the same or different, and each of η1 Ar1 may be the same or different, but R111 and RU3 are different from each other 'the alkyl group represented by Rii3 does not contain a hetero atom). a polarizing plate which is formed by bonding a protective film on both sides of a polarizer, and is characterized in that at least one of the protective films is as claimed in claim 13 378120, w"|| 修正本 項之纖維素衍生物薄膜。 17.如申請專利範圍第16項之偏光板,其中在該等保護膜其 中至少一方的面上,具有光學異方向性層。 1 8 . —種液晶顯示裝置,其係具有液晶胞及配置於其兩側之2 片偏光板,其中至少一側的偏光板係如申請專利範圍第 1 6項之偏光板。 1 9 .如申請專利範圍第1 8項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶顯 示裝置係VA模式。 2 0 .如申請專利範圍第1 8項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶顯 示裝置係OCB模式。Amend the cellulose derivative film of this item. The polarizing plate of claim 16, wherein the surface of at least one of the protective films has an optically anisotropic layer. A liquid crystal display device comprising a liquid crystal cell and two polarizing plates disposed on both sides thereof, wherein at least one of the polarizing plates is a polarizing plate of claim 16 of the patent application. The liquid crystal display device of claim 18, wherein the liquid crystal display device is in a VA mode. The liquid crystal display device of claim 18, wherein the liquid crystal display device is in an OCB mode. -10--10-
TW095105849A 2005-02-23 2006-02-22 Cellulose derivative composition, cellulose derivative film, and (tri)alkoxy benzoic acid derivative compound TWI378120B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005048092A JP4480601B2 (en) 2005-02-23 2005-02-23 Cellulose acylate composition, cellulose acylate film, and trialkoxybenzoic acid compound
JP2005051878A JP4480602B2 (en) 2005-02-25 2005-02-25 Cellulose acylate composition, cellulose acylate film, and alkoxybenzoic acid compound

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200641020A TW200641020A (en) 2006-12-01
TWI378120B true TWI378120B (en) 2012-12-01

Family

ID=37601970

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW095105849A TWI378120B (en) 2005-02-23 2006-02-22 Cellulose derivative composition, cellulose derivative film, and (tri)alkoxy benzoic acid derivative compound

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101286446B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI378120B (en)

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4610816B2 (en) * 2001-09-21 2011-01-12 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Cellulosic resin composition
JP4407304B2 (en) * 2003-02-19 2010-02-03 コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 Support for optical compensation film, optical compensation film, viewing angle compensation integrated polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20060094030A (en) 2006-08-28
KR101286446B1 (en) 2013-07-18
TW200641020A (en) 2006-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5401032B2 (en) Optically anisotropic film, brightness enhancement film, retardation plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP5325733B2 (en) Optical film, retardation plate, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device comprising cellulose composition
JP5657593B2 (en) Laminated film, optical compensation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
KR101387812B1 (en) Optical film and phase difference plate, and liquid crystal compound
TWI386316B (en) Cellulose acylate film, process for producing the same, and phase difference film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using thereof
JP5513054B2 (en) Cellulose acylate film, retardation plate, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2003315538A (en) Retardation film
JP2002303722A (en) Optical compensation sheet
JP2009242717A (en) Liquid crystal composition, retardation plate, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
US20110236603A1 (en) Cellulose acylate film, retarder, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display devices
CN105378518B (en) Optical film, polarizer and liquid crystal display device using the optical film
TWI378120B (en) Cellulose derivative composition, cellulose derivative film, and (tri)alkoxy benzoic acid derivative compound
JP4480602B2 (en) Cellulose acylate composition, cellulose acylate film, and alkoxybenzoic acid compound
WO2020203519A1 (en) Compound, polymerizable composition, cured product, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP2011116912A (en) Cellulose ester resin composition, optical film using the same, and polarizing plate for liquid crystal display apparatus using the same
JP4447998B2 (en) Cellulose derivative composition and cellulose derivative film
JP4480601B2 (en) Cellulose acylate composition, cellulose acylate film, and trialkoxybenzoic acid compound
US8497003B2 (en) Glucose compound, cellulose composition, cellulose film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TWI411617B (en) Cellulose derivative composition, cellulose derivative film and trialkoxybenzoic acid deriv ative compound
TWI363779B (en) Cellulose composition, cellulose film and modifier used therein, and polarizing plate protective film, liquid crystal display device, silver halide photosensitive material with the said film
JP2006282745A (en) Cellulose derivative composition, cellulose derivative film, and substituted benzoic acid derivative compound
TWI353370B (en) Cellulose composition, cellulose film, modifier fo
JP2006096875A (en) Cellulose derivative composition, cellulose derivative film, and bis-type 1,3,5-triazine derivative compound
JP4703423B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, retardation film containing the same, polarizer, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2004315574A (en) Cellulose acylate film, method for producing the same, optical film using the same film, image display device and support for silver halide photographic material

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees